TW490477B - Improved rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution - Google Patents

Improved rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW490477B
TW490477B TW86103525A TW86103525A TW490477B TW 490477 B TW490477 B TW 490477B TW 86103525 A TW86103525 A TW 86103525A TW 86103525 A TW86103525 A TW 86103525A TW 490477 B TW490477 B TW 490477B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
cyclodextrin
item
container
scope
patent application
Prior art date
Application number
TW86103525A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Willard E Wood
Neil J Beaverson
Original Assignee
Cellresin Technologies L L C
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Cellresin Technologies L L C filed Critical Cellresin Technologies L L C
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW490477B publication Critical patent/TW490477B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L23/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L23/02Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08L23/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08L23/08Copolymers of ethene
    • C08L23/0807Copolymers of ethene with unsaturated hydrocarbons only containing more than three carbon atoms
    • C08L23/0815Copolymers of ethene with aliphatic 1-olefins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D1/00Containers having bodies formed in one piece, e.g. by casting metallic material, by moulding plastics, by blowing vitreous material, by throwing ceramic material, by moulding pulped fibrous material, by deep-drawing operations performed on sheet material
    • B65D1/02Bottles or similar containers with necks or like restricted apertures, designed for pouring contents
    • B65D1/0207Bottles or similar containers with necks or like restricted apertures, designed for pouring contents characterised by material, e.g. composition, physical features
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L67/00Compositions of polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L67/02Polyesters derived from dicarboxylic acids and dihydroxy compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L5/00Compositions of polysaccharides or of their derivatives not provided for in groups C08L1/00 or C08L3/00
    • C08L5/16Cyclodextrin; Derivatives thereof

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Wrappers (AREA)
  • Containers Having Bodies Formed In One Piece (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Carbonated beverages can have a substantially reduced concentration of water soluble materials derived from biaxially oriented thermoformed beverage containers. Such containers can comprise a permeant barrier and an active trap for water soluble materials that can be removed from the thermoplastic by extraction into the carbonated beverage. The improved container material comprises a blow molded thermoplastic polyester web comprising a compatible modified cyclodextrin material having pendent moieties or substituents that render the cyclodextrin material compatible with the container thermoplastic. The cyclodextrin material, after it is added to the polymer material, acts as a barrier and to trap extractable materials as they permeate through the thermoplastic polyester. The cyclodextrin molecule has a large center cavity having properties that increase the likelihood that organic molecules will be absorbed and trapped in the center pore. The resulting polyester is substantially resistant to any extraction of soluble materials from the polyester material by the carbonated beverage.

Description

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1 ) g杳明領域 本發明係有關飲料瓶其包含一硬質熱塑膠單層,雙層 或多層容器其中至少一層內含有一量經取代或經改質的環 糊精其可阻止渗透物通過,或可溶性物質從熱塑膠洗提到 液體容器內容物內。本發明也有關雙軸定向拉伸熱成型聚 烯烴或聚_熱塑膠飲料容器其可抗拒滲透物移動或通過進 入飲料且可抗拒飲料可溶性物質從聚酯片被萃取或洗提到 飲料內。 發明背暑 硬質或半硬質熱塑膠飲料容器已被知悉有許多年。彼 等容器的一個例子為高密度聚乙烯牛奶瓶其具有一夸脫, 一加侖或其他一般尺寸之容量。這些容器典型地係包括高 密度聚乙烯。高密度聚乙烯係用乙烯流Μ戚榕勒-納他觸 媒於液相或氨相程序中製成。其他的乙烯基聚合物也可Μ 用來調配這些飲料容器,包括用包括乙烯,丙烯,丁烯, 丁二烯,苯乙烯和其他者之類單體製成的聚合物。彼等材 料常含有小濃度殘留單體,烯烴進料中的雜質,觸媒殘留 物和其他雜質。彼等容器典型地係用一般熱成型技術將預 成型料(preform)吹模成型為成品瓶或容器。 雙軸向拉伸吹模熱成型聚酯飲料容器揭示於148!^-noff (Ed) Modern Plastics, Encyclopedia, Vol. 16, Ν〇· 10A, P. (84) pp. 192-194之中。這些飲料容器典型 地係用聚酯材料製成者。彼等聚酯常係用二醇例如乙二醇 ,1,4~丁二醇,1,4-環己二醇和其他二醇與有機二酸化合 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) —5 _ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (1) The field of the invention The present invention relates to a beverage bottle which contains a single layer of hard thermoplastic, and at least one of the two or more containers contains a The amount of substituted or modified cyclodextrin can prevent the permeate from passing, or the soluble substance can be washed from the thermoplastic into the contents of the liquid container. The present invention also relates to a biaxially oriented thermoformed polyolefin or poly-thermoplastic beverage container which resists permeate movement or passes into the beverage and which is resistant to the extraction or washing of soluble substances from the polyester sheet into the beverage. Inventing the Heat Rigid or semi-rigid hot plastic beverage containers have been known for many years. An example of such a container is a high-density polyethylene milk bottle which has a capacity of one quart, one gallon, or other general size. These containers typically include high density polyethylene. High-density polyethylene is made using ethylene flow qirongle-nata catalysts in a liquid or ammonia phase process. Other vinyl polymers can also be used to formulate these beverage containers, including polymers made from monomers including ethylene, propylene, butene, butadiene, styrene, and others. These materials often contain small concentrations of residual monomers, impurities in the olefin feed, catalyst residues, and other impurities. Such containers are typically blow molded from preforms into finished bottles or containers using general thermoforming techniques. A biaxially stretch blow molded thermoformed polyester beverage container is disclosed in 148! -Noff (Ed) Modern Plastics, Encyclopedia, Vol. 16, No. 10A, P. (84) pp. 192-194. These beverage containers are typically made of polyester material. These polyesters often use diols such as ethylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, and other diols with organic diacids. This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 ( 210X 297mm) —5 _ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2 ) 物或其低級二酯例如對酞酸,2,6-禁二羧酸等共聚合物而 製成者。在二羧酸,或其二甲酯與二醇物質之間在熱驅動 反應中發生縮合/聚合反應,其中Μ反應副產物形式釋出 水或甲醇而留下高分子量聚酯物質。典型地,係將整體聚 酯注射吹模在鋼核心棒成型為含有該聚酯的預成型料。將 該預成型料導到吹模機中於其中將聚酯加熱和吹模成恰當 形狀和體積供飲料容器所用。該預成型料可為單層材料, 也可為雙層或多層預成型料。彼等預成型料可形成雙層或 多層瓶。 熱塑性聚酯為高分子量物質,不過可含大多種相對低 分子量化合物,實質地低於500克/冥耳者。這些化合物 可被窣取到容器所裝飲料之內。這些飲料可萃取物質典型 地包括製造聚酯所用二醇或二酸進料流中的雜質。此外, 該等可萃取物質可包括聚合反應,預成型料模造程序或熱 成型吹模程序的降解副產物。再者,該可萃取物質可含有 殘留二酯,二醇或二酸物質包括甲醇,乙二醇,對酞酸, 對酞酸二甲酯,2,6-禁二羧酸和其酯或醚。此外也可能含 有經由一莫耳乙二醇與一莫耳對酞酸反應形成的相對低分 子量低聚物型線型或環狀二酯,三酯或更高酯,這些相對 低分子低聚物可包括二或更多冥耳的二醇組合著二或更多 其耳的二酸 〇 Schiono,Journal of Polymer Science* Ρο I ymfir Chemistry Edition, V o1. 17, pp. 4123-4127 (1979), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.討論到用膠透層析術 分離和鑑定包括聚(對酞酸乙二醇酯)低聚物之PET雜質。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) -6 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2) Produced by a copolymer such as terephthalic acid, 2,6-dicarboxylic acid, etc. A condensation / polymerization reaction occurs in a thermally driven reaction between a dicarboxylic acid, or its dimethyl ester and a diol substance, in which water or methanol is released as a by-product of the M reaction leaving a high molecular weight polyester substance. Typically, a monolithic polyester is injection blow molded into a steel core rod to form a prepreg containing the polyester. The prepreg is guided into a blow molding machine where the polyester is heated and blow molded into the proper shape and volume for use in beverage containers. The preform may be a single-layer material or a double-layer or multi-layer preform. Their prepregs can form double or multilayer bottles. Thermoplastic polyesters are high molecular weight materials, but can contain a wide variety of relatively low molecular weight compounds, substantially less than 500 grams per person. These compounds can be scooped into the beverage contained in the container. These beverage extractables typically include impurities in the diol or diacid feed stream used to make the polyester. In addition, these extractables may include degradation by-products of polymerization, preform molding processes, or thermoforming blow molding processes. Furthermore, the extractable substance may contain residual diesters, glycols or diacid substances including methanol, ethylene glycol, terephthalic acid, dimethyl terephthalate, 2,6-dicarboxylic acid, and esters or ethers thereof. . It may also contain relatively low molecular weight oligomeric linear or cyclic diesters, triesters or higher esters formed by the reaction of one mole of ethylene glycol with one mole of terephthalic acid. These relatively low molecular oligomers may be Diols that include two or more humoral ears combined with two or more diacids of their ears. Schiono, Journal of Polymer Science * ο I ymfir Chemistry Edition, Vo 1.17, pp. 4123-4127 (1979), John Wiley & Sons, Inc. discusses the separation and identification of PET impurities including poly (ethylene terephthalate) oligomers using permeation chromatography. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -6-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 490477 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(3 ) Bar11 et a 1. , "Supercritical Fluid Extraction and Chromatography for the Determination of Oligomers and Poly (ethylene terephthalate) Films” , Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 63, No. 20, October 15, 1991, PP. 237卜2377 ,討論到用實驗超臨界流體程序從聚對酞 酸乙二醇酯膜來分離和鑑定低聚物雜質。 含有這些可溶/可萃取物的飲料在被公眾消費時,於 某些情況中,會因為可萃取化合物的存在而減低味道。可 萃取化合物可能加添或干涉飲料物質的芳香特徽或氣味特 徵感覺。此外,有關可萃取到人類消費的飲料中之任何有 機物質所具毒性或致癌性存在箸某些實質的關切。 有關飲料容器製造所用組成物的技術係豐盛且多變化 者。於大部份中,該技術係有關經塗被和未經塗被的聚烯 烴容器及經塗被和未經塗被的聚酯,彼等減低氣體例如二 氧化碳的穿透性而增加擱置壽命。該技藝也有關製造方法 及瓶子形狀和瓶底構型。Deaf et al.,美國專利第5,330, 808號提及在聚烯烴瓶中添加氟彈性體Μ在瓶子上面導入 光澤表面。、丨3丨〇1丨6131.,美國專利第5,350,788號提及 減低回收塑膠中的臭味之方法。Vi si oli et a 1.揭示出使 用氮化合物包括多伸烷基亞胺和多伸乙基亞胺在含有大比 例回收聚合物的聚乙烯材料中作為臭氣清除劑。 Wyeth et al.,美國專利第3,733,309號顯示一種吹 模機,其可形成一層在吹塑模子中吹塑的聚酯。Add 1 eman ,美國專利第4, 127,633號提及聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯預 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁), 1T 490477 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the Invention (3) Bar11 et a 1., " Supercritical Fluid Extraction and Chromatography for the Determination of Oligomers and Poly (ethylene terephthalate) Films ", Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 63, No. 20, October 15, 1991, PP. 237 2377, discusses the use of experimental supercritical fluid procedures to separate and identify oligomer impurities from polyethylene terephthalate membranes. Contains these When soluble / extractable beverages are consumed by the public, in some cases, the taste is reduced due to the presence of extractable compounds. Extractable compounds may add or interfere with the aroma speciality or odor characteristics of beverage substances. In addition, there are some substantial concerns about the toxicity or carcinogenicity of any organic substance that can be extracted into beverages consumed by humans. The technology of the composition used in the manufacture of beverage containers is rich and varied. Most of them This technology is related to coated and uncoated polyolefin containers and coated and uncoated polyester, which reduce This technology also relates to the manufacturing method and bottle shape and bottom configuration. Deaf et al., US Patent No. 5,330, 808 mentions the addition of fluoroelastomers to polyolefin bottles. Μ introduces a glossy surface on the bottle., 丨 3 丨 〇1 丨 6131., U.S. Patent No. 5,350,788 refers to a method for reducing the odor in recycled plastic. Vi si oli et a 1. Reveals the use of nitrogen compounds including multi-e Alkylimines and polyethylenimines act as odor scavengers in polyethylene materials containing a large proportion of recycled polymers. Wyeth et al., U.S. Patent No. 3,733,309 shows a blow molding machine that can form a layer on the Polyester blown in a blow mold. Add 1 eman, US Patent No. 4,127,633 mentions polyethylene terephthalate pre (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

訂 释· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4 ) 成型料,其經加熱並用聚偏二氯乙烯共聚物乳膠塗被形成 蒸氣或氣體屏障。Hal ek et a 1.,美國專利第4,223, 128 號提及一種製備可用於飲料容器中的聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇 酯之方法。8〇[11^1^16131.,美國專利第4,335,089號提 及一種使用雙軸向拉延和吹模技術製備雙軸向拉伸瓶子内 的中心熱_膠成型物件之方法。將預成型料吹塑成後保持 與模子的熱壁接觸Μ至少部份地減低預成型料中的內部殘 留應力。該預成型料可經冷卻後,在第二吹塑操作中吹到 適當尺寸。631^1心(161:31.,美國專利第4,463,121號提 及具有增加的耐衝擊性,高溫尺寸安定性和改良的離模性 之聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯/聚烯烴合膠。Ryder ,美國專 利第4,473, 515號提及改良的注射吹塑裝置和方法。於該 方法中,用熱的熱塑膠材料在冷郤棍上形成型坯或預成型 料。將該預成型料冷卻後轉到吹塑位置。然後將型坯拉伸 ,雙軸向定向,冷郤及從裝置中取出。Nilsson,美國專 利第4,381,277號提及一種用預成型料製造包括層壓熱塑 膠模的熱塑膠容器之方法。該預成型料具有一熱塑膠層和 一屏障層,其從預成型的形狀充分地轉變並形成容器。 Jakobsen et al·,美國專利第4,374,878號提及一種用Μ 製造容器的管狀預成型料。該預成型料係經轉變成瓶子。 Motill,美國專利第4,368,825號;Howard Jr.,美國專 利第4,850,494號;1^&“,美國專利第4,342,398號; 86〇1(,美國專利第4,780,257號;1(43111^1〇11^『61冱1, 美國專利第4,334,627號;5”(161'6131.,美國專利第 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Remarks · This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 490477 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (4) Molding material, which has been heated and used polyisocyanate Vinyl chloride copolymer latex coatings form a vapor or gas barrier. Hal ek et a 1., U.S. Patent No. 4,223,128 refers to a method for preparing polyethylene terephthalate that can be used in beverage containers. 8〇 [11 ^ 1 ^ 16131., U.S. Patent No. 4,335,089 mentions a method for preparing a center thermo-glue molded article in a biaxially stretched bottle using biaxial drawing and blow molding techniques. The preform is blow-molded and maintained in contact with the hot wall of the mold at least partially to reduce the internal residual stress in the preform. The prepreg may be cooled to a suitable size in a second blow molding operation. 631 ^ 1 (161: 31., U.S. Patent No. 4,463,121 refers to a polyethylene terephthalate / polyolefin compound with increased impact resistance, high temperature dimensional stability, and improved mold release. Ryder, U.S. Patent No. 4,473,515 refers to an improved injection blow molding apparatus and method. In this method, a hot thermoplastic material is used to form a parison or a preform on a cooling stick. The preform is cooled It is then turned to the blow molding position. The parison is then stretched, biaxially oriented, cooled, and removed from the device. Nilsson, U.S. Patent No. 4,381,277 mentions a method for manufacturing a preform including laminating thermoplastic molds. Method of thermoplastic container. The preform has a thermoplastic layer and a barrier layer, which fully transform from the preformed shape and form a container. Jakobsen et al., US Patent No. 4,374,878 mentions a method of manufacturing with M Tubular preform of a container. The preform is transformed into a bottle. Motill, U.S. Patent No. 4,368,825; Howard Jr., U.S. Patent No. 4,850,494; 1 & ", U.S. Patent No. 4,342,398; 86〇1 (, US patent No. 4,780,257; 1 (43111 ^ 1〇11 ^ "61 冱 1, U.S. Patent No. 4,334,627; 5" (161'6131., U.S. Patent No. 4) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm ) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(5 ) 4,318,489號;及1(1*丨3}11^1<1!11^1*6131.,美國專利第 4 , 108,324號各提及具有較佳形狀或自支持性瓶底構型之 塑膠容器或瓶子。Hirata,美國專利第4,370,368號提及 一塑膠瓶,其係由包含徧二氯乙烯和丙烯条單體和其他乙 烯基單體的熱塑膠所構成者Μ得到改良的氧氣,濕氣或水 蒸氣屏障性質。該瓶子可經由在瓶子模內澆鑲水乳膠,將 澆鑲乳膠乾燥或在瓶子形成之前用水乳膠塗被預成型料而 製成。1(1]1^1^3 0131.,美國專利第4,459,4〇〇號提及一 種可用於多種應用包括包裝材料的聚(酯-酿胺)組成物。 8&1^}^3»1丨6131.,美國專利第4,393,106號提及經層壓 或塑膠容器及製造該容器的方法。該層壓件包括在塗被層 內的可模造塑膠材料。Smith et el.,美國專利第4,482, 586號提及具有良好的氧氣和二氧化碳屏障性質,含有聚 異酞酸酯聚合物之多層聚酯物件。Wal 1 es,美國專利第 3,740,258和4, 165,914號提及塑膠容器可經由將塑膠磺化 處理Μ改良針對有機物質和氣體例如氧氣通過的屏障性質 Ο 此外,我們知道聚酯已被發展和調配成具有高抗爆性 Μ抗拒碳酸飲料施加到容器壁上的壓力。再者,有些具體 的硏究已完成Μ改良聚酯材料在製造,瑱充和貯存中對應 力龜裂的抗性。 飲料製造商長久Μ來即在尋找改良的屏障材料。於較 大部份中,此硏究努力係朝向二氧化碳(C〇2)屏障,氧氣 (〇2)屏障及水蒸氣(H2〇)屏障。更近些,原來的瓶子製造 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) _ g - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1T 490477 A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Note (5) 4,318,489; and 1 (1 * 丨 3} 11 ^ 1 < 1! 11 ^ 1 * 6131., US Patent No. 4 No. 108,324 each refers to a plastic container or bottle having a better shape or self-supporting bottom configuration. Hirata, U.S. Patent No. 4,370,368 refers to a plastic bottle made of monomers containing vinylidene chloride and propylene. And other vinyl-based thermoplastics have improved oxygen, moisture, or water vapor barrier properties. The bottle can be placed in a bottle mold by pouring water latex, drying the pouring latex, or using water before the bottle is formed Latex coating is made from preforms. 1 (1) 1 ^ 1 ^ 3 0131., U.S. Patent No. 4,459,400 refers to a poly (ester-ester amine) composition that can be used in a variety of applications including packaging materials. 8 & 1 ^} ^ 3 »1 丨 6131. US Patent No. 4,393,106 refers to a laminated or plastic container and a method of manufacturing the container. The laminate includes a moldable plastic material within a coating Smith et el., U.S. Patent No. 4,482,586 mentions good oxygen and dioxide Barrier properties, multilayer polyester objects containing polyisophthalate polymers. Wal 1 es, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,740,258 and 4,165,914 mention that plastic containers can be improved by sulfonating plastics against organic substances and gases For example, the barrier properties of oxygen passage. In addition, we know that polyesters have been developed and formulated to have high explosion resistance. M resists the pressure of carbonated beverages on the container wall. Furthermore, some specific investigations have been performed to improve the polyester. Material resistance to stress cracking during manufacturing, filling and storage. Beverage manufacturers have been searching for improved barrier materials for a long time. For the most part, this research effort is directed towards carbon dioxide (C02) Barrier, oxygen (〇2) barrier and water vapor (H2〇) barrier. More recently, the original bottle is manufactured in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) _ g-(Please read the back first (Notes for filling in this page)

訂 490477 Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(6 ) 商對於樹脂或容器中所含飲料可萃取物或飲料可溶物有明 顯增加的敏感性。此項硏究係要用有較低穿透性的聚合物 製成的聚合物塗料或聚合物層壓物來改良本體塑膠K降低 其穿透性。不過,我們不知道有任何嘗試是要在飲料容器 的本體聚合物樹脂或聚酯樹脂中導入有效的錯合性化合物 Μ改良屏障性質或捕捉水溶性物質Μ遏止其被萃取或洗提 到碳酸飲料之內。 即使有這種具體的技術,仍有實質的需求希望開發出 供飲料容器用的雙軸向拉伸熱塑性聚合物材料,其可賓質 地減低通到意欲供人類消費的飲料中之可萃取物質所含滲 透物之通過。 發明之簡略說明 本人發現聚合物飲料瓶較佳者聚烯烴或聚酯雙軸向拉 伸聚合物飲料容器所具屏障或捕捉性質可獲得改良。特定 言之,可Μ改良針對可溶性物質從本體聚合物萃取出的抗 性而不會有任何重大的澄清性,可加工性或構造性質之減 低,其中係經由將經改質環糊精或相容性環糊精衍生物摻 入或者塗被在飲料容器聚合物材料而達成者。我們發現環 糊精物質可以經由將滲透物捕捉在璟糊精分子內的內部疏 水性空間而增加聚合物材料的屏障性質。再者,容器塑膠 內所含可被飲料萃取出的任何小分子或低聚物雜質也可Μ 在該雜質可移動到飲料內之前被捕捉到環糊精內。 於此種技術中,可將環糊精物質摻加,分散或懸浮在 製造塑膠瓶所用的本體聚合物內,該環糊精可經摻加,懸 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Order 490477 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (6) The vendor has significantly increased sensitivity to resin extractables or beverage solubles contained in the resin or container. This research is to use a polymer coating or polymer laminate made of a polymer with lower penetration to improve the body plastic K and reduce its penetration. However, we do not know of any attempt to introduce effective complex compounds into the bulk polymer resin or polyester resin of the beverage container to improve the barrier properties or capture water-soluble substances to prevent their extraction or washing. within. Even with this specific technology, there is still a substantial need to develop a biaxially stretched thermoplastic polymer material for beverage containers that reduces the coke texture to extractable substances in beverages intended for human consumption. Contains permeate. Brief description of the invention I have found that the polymer or beverage bottle is preferably a polyolefin or polyester biaxially stretched polymer or beverage container having improved barrier or capture properties. In particular, the resistance to the extraction of soluble substances from the bulk polymer can be improved without any significant clarification, reduction in processability or structural properties, by modifying the modified cyclodextrin or phase Capacitive cyclodextrin derivatives are obtained by incorporating or coating polymer materials in beverage containers. We have found that cyclodextrin substances can increase the barrier properties of polymeric materials via the internal hydrophobic spaces that trap permeates within the dextrin molecules. Furthermore, any small molecule or oligomer impurities contained in the container plastic that can be extracted by the beverage can also be trapped in the cyclodextrin before the impurities can be moved into the beverage. In this technique, cyclodextrin material can be added, dispersed or suspended in the bulk polymer used to make plastic bottles. The cyclodextrin can be added and suspended (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)

、1Τ -4— n J— 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) 490477 五、發明説明(7 ) 浮或分散在第二熱塑膠層内,其可舆熱塑膠材料共擠壓以 形成瓶子。最後可將該環糊精物質用在水性或溶劑性液體 塗被材料中,再於預成型階段中或完全形成的瓶子階段中 加到瓶子內。較佳的容器包括高密度聚乙烯牛奶容器和PET /聚丙烯睛雙層瓶或容器。 較佳者所用的環糊精物質為相容性衍生環糊精形式使 用。沒有相容性取代基的環糊精分子在本體聚合物材料中 的相容性不足Μ導致在包裝材料中形成透明有用的阱或屛 Ρ章層。該相容性環糊精衍生物為實質不含包含络合物之化 合物。對本發明而言,“實質不含包含络合物”一語意指 分散在本體聚合物內的該量環糊精物質含有大比例在環糊 精分子内部不含聚合物雜質,滲透物或其他包含化合物之 環糊精。環糊精化合物典型地係添加和摻到本體聚合物内 而無任何包含化合物。但在製造中可能發生某些複合。在 聚合物雜質和降解物質變成在環糊精夾錯複合物內的包含 化合物時即可能發生彼等複合現象。 較佳的環糊精為經衍化的環糊精其具有至少一値經鍵 結到與本體聚合物相容的環糊精分子上之取代基。環糊精 為分子內具有六個或更多値葡萄糖部份體的環狀糊精分子 。較佳者該環糊精為α環糊精(a -CD),冷環糊精(泠-CD) ,和5環糊精(δ -CD)或彼等的混合物。我們發現環糊精 分子的衍化可導致改良的在熱塑性本體聚合物中的摻合而 不會損失本體聚合物的澄清性,加工性,或構造或包裝性 質。環糊精分子上的取代基係經選擇成具有配合該聚合物 本紙张尺度適用中國®家標丰(CNS ) Λ4規格(210Χ 297公釐) -11 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁、 1Τ -4— n J— This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 490477 V. Description of the invention (7) Floating or dispersed in the second thermoplastic layer, which can be used for thermal plastic The materials are co-extruded to form a bottle. Finally, the cyclodextrin material can be used in an aqueous or solvent-based liquid coating material and added to the bottle during the pre-forming phase or in the fully formed bottle phase. Preferred containers include high-density polyethylene milk containers and PET / polypropylene double-layer bottles or containers. The preferred cyclodextrin material is used in the form of a compatible derivative of cyclodextrin. Insufficient compatibility of cyclodextrin molecules without compatible substituents in the bulk polymer material leads to the formation of transparent and useful wells or cap layers in packaging materials. The compatible cyclodextrin derivative is substantially free of a compound containing a complex. For the purposes of the present invention, the term "substantially free of complexes" means that the amount of cyclodextrin material dispersed in the bulk polymer contains a large proportion of polymer impurities, permeates or other inclusions that are not contained within the cyclodextrin molecule Compounds of cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrin compounds are typically added and incorporated into the bulk polymer without any inclusion compounds. However, some compounding may occur during manufacturing. Their recombination may occur when polymer impurities and degrading substances become contained compounds in the cyclodextrin intercalation complex. A preferred cyclodextrin is a derivative of a cyclodextrin having at least one substituent bonded to a cyclodextrin molecule compatible with the bulk polymer. Cyclodextrins are cyclodextrin molecules with six or more glucose moiety in the molecule. Preferably, the cyclodextrin is α-cyclodextrin (a-CD), cold cyclodextrin (Ling-CD), and 5-cyclodextrin (δ-CD) or a mixture thereof. We have found that derivatization of cyclodextrin molecules can lead to improved blending in thermoplastic bulk polymers without losing the clarity, processability, or construction or packaging properties of the bulk polymer. The substituents on the cyclodextrin molecule have been selected to have a size compatible with the polymer. The paper is suitable for China® House Standard Feng (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -11-(Please read the notes on the back before filling This page

、1T 490477 經濟部中夬檩準局員工消費合作杜印製 Α7 Β7 i、發明説明(8 ) 的組成,構造和極性Μ確使該環糊精在該聚合物材料內有 充分的相容性。此外,本人發現衍化的環糊精可摻合到熱 塑性聚合物內,使用傳統熱塑膠吹模/熱成型製造技術形 成本發明半硬質或硬質容器。最後,吾等發現在本發明各 部份中使用的環糊精物質可用來形成彼等熱塑性飲料容器 而不會使構造性質有任何實質的減損。 本發明的第一部份包括熱塑性聚合物九粒,其具有大 比例的熱塑性飲料用聚酯材料,其內有足量的環糊精材料 Μ改良屏障性質及用為聚合物雜質的阱。本發明的第二部 份包括熱塑性飲料容器其包括熱塑性聚酯其具有大比例的 聚含物材料和少量但有效量的環糊精物質Μ改良屏障性質 及作為聚合物雜質的阱。本發明的第三部份包括一飲料容 器其包括大比例的構造熱塑性聚合物其具有第二層壓物層 ,該層包括熱塑性聚合物和有效量的環糊精物質Μ改良飲 料容器的屏障性質及作為飲料容器層層物構造中所含聚合 物雜質之阱。本發明最後部份包括一飲料容器其包括熱塑 性構造其具有一內部塗層,該塗層包括一膜形成性材料其 具有一有效量的環糊精物質其可提供且改良屏障性質或作 為飲料容器所含雜質之阱。 圖式之簡略說明 第1圖為沒有經衍化的環糊精分子所具尺寸之函形表 示。其中心核心包括在環糊精分子內部的親水性空間或容 積可作為吸收滲透物或雜質之部位。其中示出〇(,/3和7 環糊精。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 4· I Λ I - - -li _ A7 B7 i'發明説明(9) 第2圖為兩升裝聚酯瓶的等軸圖其在熱塑膠上具有第 二層其係由聚合物和有效量環糊精衍生物構成者。 發明_細討論 吾等發現有用的工程熱塑性聚合物樹脂可經改良供包 括包裝飲料的應用所用。吾等發現所得用環糊精物質改質 過的聚合物具有改良的屏障性質及減低的經由萃取到主體 飲料液體中而釋出聚合物殘渣之傾向。可用於本發明中的 一般工程塑膠聚酯材料為二酸與多元醇的縮合/聚合產物 。該產物較佳者係採用芳族化合物二酸例如酞酸或萘酸。 本發明聚合物中回到的主要二酸為對酞酸(1,4-苯二羧酸) 或2,6-萘二羧酸。不過,也可Μ使用其他的酞酸和禁二羧 酸例如鄰酞酸,1, 7-萘二羧酸等。聚酯典型地係根據所共 聚合物的二醇而稱爲芳脂族或芳族。例如,聚對苯二甲酸 乙二醇酯化學摘要第25038-59-9 (PET),聚(對苯二甲酸丁 二醇酯)化學摘要第24968-12-5(PBT)和相關的聚合物皆稱 為芳脂族聚酯。聚(雙酯A -酞酸酯)稱為芳族聚酯樹脂或 聚丙烯酸酯樹脂。PET,PBT和聚(乙烯-2,6-禁二羧酸酯樹 脂)(PEN〉為最大量的芳族脂族產物。其他芳族脂族產物包 括Eastman Kodak的Kodar®樹脂,其為經異駄酸醋和二甲 基環己烷改質過的PET樹脂。聚丙烯酸酯樹脂為較低產量 的供高溫(HDT)終端用途用之特殊樹脂。較佳的聚對苯二 甲酸乙二醇酯典型地係經由用乙二醇或1,4-丁二醇在微量 金屬離子觸媒存在中將對苯二甲酸二甲酯轉酯化而製成者 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、?τ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4.ϋ —ϋ MJe— —^ϋ —J^i · -13 - ^U477 Α7 Β7 五 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 發明説明(ίο) 轉酯化所得甲醇副產物係經架空收集並於一連績程序 中從反應器擠壓出純樹脂。產物PET樹脂具有約0.72-0.85 公合/克之固有黏度(η)。瓶子級PET樹脂常在製造中於 惰性周圍氣圍下加熱Μ促進樹脂中的進一步聚合。 聚酯瓶典型地係經由注射吹塑製造的。一般使用兩種 製造技術。於一方法中,用注射模造技術製成預成型料其 為預成型的形狀,具有瓶子的頸部和螺旋蓋部份,有大約 有用的尺寸但預成型料的體部實質地小於最後瓶子的形狀 。可Μ使用單成份或雙層預成型料。然後將該預成型料揷 置在吹塑機內,加熱並吹成恰當形狀。另外,可將樹脂注 射吹塑在鋼核心棒上。瓶子的頸部係用恰當形狀的接納封 殼(蓋子〉形成且在經溫度調理過的棒子周圍加上樹脂供吹 塑步驟所用。將加樹脂的棒子引到模中並將樹脂從棒子吹 離向模壁。樹脂與模子接觸同時進入透明瓶內而冷卻。成 品瓶子射出後棒子再移到注模站內。此程序單一柱形瓶有 利不過一般不能用來在瓶子內導入複雜的形狀例如把手。 最常用的機器包括四段裝置其可注射樹脂,將樹脂吹 成恰當形狀,從棒上剝開已形成的容器及在重複該程序之 前再調理核心棒。彼等容器典型地係與包括應接到金屬螺 旋蓋的螺紋頸部之外殼配件部份一起製造的。瓶底典型地 具有瓣輪設計例如四瓣輪或五瓣輪設計Μ使瓶子能Μ穩定 的直立態放置。另外,可將有半球形底部的模造瓶子Μ黏 著劑黏著到聚乙烯或聚丙烯底部切件以提供放置穩定性。 璟糊精 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐)· -14 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —---訂 1- -1 ϋ-i #1 ί —4— · 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(11) 本發明熱塑膠膜件含有經改質取代或經衍化的環糊精 其具有可使環糊精物質為熱塑性聚酯聚合物相容的鏈側部 份體或取代基。對於本發明而言,相容性意指該精@ 質可均勻地分散到擦融聚合JiL内,可保留捕捉或複合滲透 物或聚合物雜質之能力,且可停留在聚合物內而不會實質 地減低聚令物膜的屏障性質或容器形成特性。相容性可經 由測量聚合物特性例如抗張強度,抗扯性等,滲透物的滲 透率或穿透速率,表面平滑性,澄清度等予Μ測定。定性 的相容性篩選可以經由製備小批料(100克-1公斤的熱塑 膠與經取代環糊精〉而得。將摻合後的材料於製造溫度下 擠壓成線型,直徑約1至5毫米的條狀擠壓物。不相容的 環糊精物質在熔融體中不能均勻地分散且可在其從擠壓頭 擠壓出來時立即在透明熔融聚合物中看出來。吾等發現不 相容的環糊精會在擠壓溫度下降解且在擠壓物中產生特性 “燃燒麵粉”.氣味。此外,吾等發現不相容的環糊精可能 引起擠壓物中可由目視檢査出的實質熔融敗壞。最後,可 將擠壓物切成小塊,橫剖且用光學顯微鏡撿查而在熱塑膠 基質中發現可清楚看出之不相容的環糊精。環糊精為含有 至少5個,較佳者6値經由α (144)鍵聯接起來的葡萄哌 喃糖之環狀寡醣。雖然已知有含多達12個«萄糖殘基的環 糊精,不過三種最普遍用到者為具有6,7和8個殘基的 同条物(α環糊精,/3環糊精和7環糊精〉。 環糊精係經由高度選擇性酵素合成法所製成者。彼等 常包括6,7或8個葡萄糖單體,配置成donut形環而分 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A— im 1^1 mu tmmTt 490477 ’…87. 9. 1 7 '] A? B7 五、發明説明(12) 別稱為α,/3或7環糊精(參看第1圖)。葡萄糖單體的特 定性偶合使環糊精成為具有一特定體積的中空内部之剛性 ,截尖圓錐分子構造。此內部腔洞在相對於外部時爲親油 性者,亦即可吸引烴物質(於水性条統中為疏水性者),其 為環糊精的重要構造特徵,可提供複合分子之能力(如複 合到芳族,醇,鹵化物和鹵化氫,羧酸及其酯等)。被複 合的分子必須滿足至少部份地配合到環糊精內腔洞導致包 含络合物之尺寸準則。 環糊精典型性質 性質 a -CD β -CD β -CD 聚合度(η =〇 6 7 8 分子尺寸(A ) 內徑 5.7 7.8 9.5 外徑 13.7 15.3 16.9 高度 7.0 7.0 7.0 比旋光度[(X ]2 5 +150.5 +162.5 +177.4 藍 黃 黃掠 碘複合物顔色 水中25°C溶解度 (克/ 100毫升) 蒸餾水 14.50 1.85 23.20 寡醣環形成一環形體,如同截頭圓錐般,每一葡萄糖 殘基的第一羥基皆位於環形體的狹窄段。第二葡萄哌喃糖 本紙依尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1T 490477 Consumption Cooperation with Employees of the China Standards and Quarantine Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by A7 B7i, Invention Description (8) The composition, structure, and polarity M indeed make the cyclodextrin have sufficient compatibility in the polymer material . In addition, I found that derivatized cyclodextrins can be blended into thermoplastic polymers and formed into semi-rigid or rigid containers using traditional thermoplastic blow molding / thermoforming manufacturing techniques. Finally, we have found that the cyclodextrin materials used in the various parts of the present invention can be used to form their thermoplastic beverage containers without any substantial impairment of the structural properties. The first part of the present invention comprises nine pellets of a thermoplastic polymer, which has a large proportion of a polyester material for thermoplastic beverages, which has a sufficient amount of cyclodextrin material therein to improve barrier properties and serve as a trap for polymer impurities. The second part of the present invention includes a thermoplastic beverage container comprising a thermoplastic polyester having a large proportion of a polymer material and a small but effective amount of a cyclodextrin substance M to improve barrier properties and serve as a trap for polymer impurities. The third part of the invention comprises a beverage container comprising a large proportion of a constructed thermoplastic polymer having a second laminate layer comprising a thermoplastic polymer and an effective amount of a cyclodextrin substance M to improve the barrier properties of the beverage container And as a well for polymer impurities contained in the layered structure of beverage containers. The last part of the invention comprises a beverage container comprising a thermoplastic construction having an internal coating, the coating including a film forming material having an effective amount of a cyclodextrin substance which can provide and improve barrier properties or serve as a beverage container Wells containing impurities. Brief Description of the Drawings Figure 1 is a function representation of the size of a cyclodextrin molecule without derivatization. Its central core includes a hydrophilic space or volume inside the cyclodextrin molecule that can serve as a site for absorbing permeate or impurities. 〇 (, / 3, and 7 cyclodextrin are shown. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order 4. I Λ I---li _ A7 B7 i 'Description of the invention (9) Figure 2 is an isometric view of a two-liter polyester bottle. It has a second layer on a thermoplastic. It is derived from a polymer and an effective amount of cyclodextrin. Inventors_ Detailed discussion We have found that useful engineering thermoplastic polymer resins can be modified for use in applications including packaged beverages. We have found that the polymers modified with cyclodextrin materials have improved barrier properties and Reduced tendency to release polymer residues by extraction into the main beverage liquid. The general engineering plastic polyester material that can be used in the present invention is the condensation / polymerization product of a diacid and a polyol. The product is preferably aromatic Group of compound diacids such as phthalic acid or naphthoic acid. The main diacid returned in the polymer of the present invention is terephthalic acid (1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid) or 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. However, it is also possible Μ uses other phthalic acids and forbidden dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, 1, 7- Dicarboxylic acids, etc. Polyesters are typically referred to as araliphatic or aromatic depending on the diol being copolymerized. For example, Polyethylene Terephthalate Chemical Abstract No. 25038-59-9 (PET) Poly (butylene terephthalate) Chemical Abstract No. 24968-12-5 (PBT) and related polymers are called araliphatic polyesters. Poly (diester A-phthalate) is called aromatic Polyester resin or polyacrylate resin. PET, PBT and poly (ethylene-2,6-non-dicarboxylic acid ester resin) (PEN> are the largest aromatic aliphatic products. Other aromatic aliphatic products include Eastman Kodak's Kodar® resin is a PET resin modified with isocyanate and dimethylcyclohexane. Polyacrylate resin is a lower volume special resin for high temperature (HDT) end use. Better Polyethylene terephthalate is typically made by transesterifying dimethyl terephthalate with ethylene glycol or 1,4-butanediol in the presence of trace metal ion catalysts Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page),? Τ Ministry of Economy Printed by the Central Consumers ’Cooperatives 4.ϋ —ϋ MJe— — ^ ϋ —J ^ i · -13-^ U477 Α7 Β7 The printed statement of inventions produced by the Central Consumers’ Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (ί) Methanol by-products are collected overhead and extruded from the reactor in a continuous process. The product PET resin has an inherent viscosity (η) of about 0.72-0.85 kg / g. Bottle-grade PET resin is often inert during manufacturing. Heating M under ambient air promotes further polymerization in the resin. Polyester bottles are typically manufactured via injection blow molding. Two manufacturing techniques are generally used. In one method, a preform is made using injection molding technology. It has a preform shape, has a neck and a screw cap portion of the bottle, has approximately useful dimensions but the body of the preform is substantially smaller than the final shape. Single-component or double-layer prepregs can be used. This prepreg is then placed in a blow molding machine, heated and blown into the proper shape. Alternatively, resin can be injection blow molded onto a steel core rod. The neck of the bottle is formed with a suitably shaped receiving envelope (cap) and the resin is used around the temperature-conditioned rod for the blow molding step. The resin-added rod is introduced into a mold and the resin is blown away from the rod To the mold wall. The resin comes into contact with the mold while cooling into the transparent bottle. After the finished bottle is shot, the rod is moved to the injection molding station. This procedure is advantageous for single cylindrical bottles, but it cannot be used to introduce complex shapes such as handles into the bottle. The most commonly used machines include a four-segment device that injects resin, blows the resin into the proper shape, peels the formed container from the rod, and conditions the core rod before repeating the procedure. These containers are typically associated with It is manufactured together with the shell fitting part of the screw neck of the metal screw cap. The bottom of the bottle typically has a flap wheel design such as a four-lobed wheel or a five-lobed wheel design M to make the bottle stable and upright. In addition, there may be The molded bottle with a hemispherical bottom M adhesive is adhered to the polyethylene or polypropylene bottom cut piece to provide placement stability. Dextrin The paper size applies to the Chinese national standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297mm) · -14-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) —--- Order 1--1 ϋ-i # 1 ί —4 — · 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (11) The thermoplastic film member of the present invention contains modified or substituted cyclodextrin which has a chain side body or a substituent group which can make the cyclodextrin material compatible with the thermoplastic polyester polymer For the purposes of the present invention, compatibility means that the essence can be evenly dispersed into the melt-polymerized JiL, retains the ability to capture or compound infiltrates or polymer impurities, and can stay in the polymer without Will substantially reduce the barrier properties or container formation characteristics of polymer films. Compatibility can be measured by measuring polymer characteristics such as tensile strength, tear resistance, etc., permeability or penetration rate of permeate, surface smoothness, clarification The degree of compatibility is determined by M. Qualitative compatibility screening can be obtained by preparing small batches (100 g-1 kg of thermoplastic and substituted cyclodextrin). The blended material is extruded at the manufacturing temperature to form Linear, strip-shaped extrudate with a diameter of about 1 to 5 mm. Incompatible cyclodextrin The substance cannot be uniformly dispersed in the melt and can be immediately seen in the transparent molten polymer when it is extruded from the extrusion head. We found that incompatible cyclodextrin would degrade at the extrusion temperature and The characteristic "burning flour". Odor is produced in the extrudate. In addition, we found that incompatible cyclodextrin may cause substantial melt failure in the extrudate that can be visually inspected. Finally, the extrudate can be cut into small pieces Block, cross-sectioned and examined with an optical microscope and found clearly incompatible incompatible cyclodextrins in the thermoplastic matrix. Cyclodextrins contain at least 5, preferably 6 値 via alpha (144) bonds Linked cyclic oligosaccharides of grape piperanose. Although cyclodextrins containing up to 12 «glucose residues are known, the three most commonly used are those with 6, 7, and 8 residues Identicals (α-cyclodextrin, / 3-cyclodextrin and 7-cyclodextrin). Cyclodextrins are made by highly selective enzyme synthesis. They often include 6, 7, or 8 glucose monomers, configured as donut rings, and the paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page ) Order printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A— im 1 ^ 1 mu tmmTt 490477 '... 87. 9. 1 7'] A? B7 V. Description of the invention (12) Also called α, / 3 or 7 ring Dextrin (see Figure 1). The specific coupling of glucose monomers makes cyclodextrin a rigid, frusto-conical molecular structure with a hollow interior with a specific volume. This internal cavity is lipophilic when compared to the outside, that is, it can attract hydrocarbons (hydrophobic in aqueous systems). It is an important structural feature of cyclodextrin and can provide the ability to compound molecules (such as Compound to aromatics, alcohols, halides and hydrogen halides, carboxylic acids and their esters, etc.). The compound to be compounded must meet the size criteria for at least partially fitting into the cavity of the cyclodextrin leading to inclusion complexes. Cyclodextrin typical properties a -CD β -CD β -CD Degree of polymerization (η = 0 6 7 8 Molecular size (A) Inner diameter 5.7 7.8 9.5 Outer diameter 13.7 15.3 16.9 Height 7.0 7.0 7.0 Specific rotation [[X] 2 5 +150.5 +162.5 +177.4 Blue-yellow-yellow iodine complex Color water solubility at 25 ° C (g / 100 ml) Distilled water 14.50 1.85 23.20 The oligosaccharide ring forms a ring, like a truncated cone. Each glucose residue The first hydroxyl group is located in the narrow section of the ring body. The second grape piperanose paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) according to the standard (read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)

-16 - 490477 i_ _I__ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製-16-490477 i_ _I__ Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

Α7 Β7 發明説明(13) 羥基即位於寬端。環形體的內部因含有亞甲基(-ch2-)和 醚基(-〇->而呈疏水性。母環糊精分子,和有用的衍生物 ,可用下式表之(環碳Μ慣例編號顯示),其中空鍵代表環 狀分子的其餘部份: 第一羥基 第二羥基 式中1^和112分別為所示的第一或第二羥基。 環糊精分子具有在«萄糖部份體6位置上的第一羥基 和在2和3位置的第二羥基供與化學試劑反應所用。因為 環糊精分子的幾何,和環上取代基的化學之故,所有羥基 不具相同的反應性。不過,在謹慎和有效的反應條件之下 ,環糊精分子可經反應而得到其所有羥基都用單一取代基 類別衍化的衍化分子。彼等取代基為全取代環糊精。需要 時也可Μ合成只在第一羥基上有選擇性取代基的環糊精或 只在一値或二個第二羥基上選擇地取代之環糊精。此外可 Μ用兩個或三個不同取代基進一步合成衍化分子。這些取 代基可Μ無規地放置或導向在特定羥基上。對於本發明目 的而言,環糊精分子需要在其分子上含有足夠熱塑膠相容 性取代基Μ確使環糊精物質可Μ均勻地分散在熱塑膠內且 在其形成透明膜,片或剛性構造時,不會損及聚合物的物 理性質。 除了將取代基導在CD羥基上之外,也可Μ使用其他的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Α7 Β7 Description of invention (13) The hydroxyl group is located at the wide end. The inside of the ring is hydrophobic because it contains methylene (-ch2-) and ether groups (-0- >. The parent cyclodextrin molecule, and useful derivatives, can be expressed by the following formula (cyclocarbon M convention (Numbers are shown), in which the vacant bond represents the rest of the cyclic molecule: the first hydroxyl group and the second hydroxyl group in the formula 1 ^ and 112 are the first or second hydroxyl group shown respectively. The cyclodextrin molecule has a The first hydroxyl group at position 6 and the second hydroxyl group at positions 2 and 3 are used for reaction with chemical reagents. Because of the geometry of the cyclodextrin molecule and the chemistry of the substituents on the ring, all hydroxyl groups do not react the same However, under careful and effective reaction conditions, cyclodextrin molecules can be reacted to obtain derivatized molecules in which all hydroxyl groups are derivatized with a single substituent class. Their substituents are fully substituted cyclodextrin. When required It is also possible to synthesize a cyclodextrin having a selective substituent only on the first hydroxyl group or a cyclodextrin that is selectively substituted only on one or two second hydroxyl groups. In addition, two or three different substitutions can be used Further synthetic derivative molecules. These substituents may be free It is placed or guided on a specific hydroxyl group regularly. For the purpose of the present invention, the cyclodextrin molecule needs to contain sufficient thermoplastic compatibility substituents M on the molecule to ensure that the cyclodextrin material can be uniformly dispersed in the thermoplastic And when it forms a transparent film, sheet or rigid structure, it will not damage the physical properties of the polymer. In addition to the substituents on the CD hydroxyl group, other paper standards can also be used. Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

-17 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(14 ) 分子改質。可Μ在環糊精分子的環狀主幹中摻加其他醣類 分子。其第一羥基可用SN2置換予以更換,可Μ形成氧化 二醛或酸基以供與衍化基進一步反應,等。其第二羥基可 經反應和脫除而留下不飽和基,於其上可加入多種已知試 劑而加合或跨越雙鍵形成衍化分子。此外,«萄糖部份體 的一或多個環中氧可經打開產生反應性部位。這些技術和 其他者可Μ用來在環糊精分子上導入相容性取代基。 製備具有可與熱塑性聚合物相容的官能基之衍化環糊 精物質的較佳製備程序包括在環糊精分子的第一或第二羥 基上反應。吾等概略地發現有廣範圍的鏈側取代基部份體 可Μ用在分子上。這些衍化環糊精分子可包括醯化環糊精 ,烷基化環糊精,環糊精酯例如甲苯磺酸酯,甲烷磺酸酯 和其他相關的磺酸基衍生物,烴胺基環糊精,眯唑基取代 環糊精,吡啶取代環糊精,烴基含硫官能基環糊精,含矽 官能基取代環糊精,碳酸酯及經碳酸酯取代環糊精,羧酸 和相關的取代環糊精及其他者。取代基部份體必須包括可 提供相容性給衍化物質之區域。 可Μ用為相容化性官能基的醯基包括乙醯基,丙醯基 ,丁醯基,三氟乙醯基,苯甲醯基,丙烯醯基和其他熟知 的基。彼等基在環糊精分子的第一或第二環上羥基之上的 形成包括熟知的反應。醯化反應可Μ用恰當的酸酐,酸氯 化物,和熟知的合成程序來進行。可Μ製成全酿化環糊精 。此外,可Μ製成用彼等基取代在少於全部可用的羥基上 而一或兩個其餘可用羥基則用其官能基取代之環糊精。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) -18 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)-17-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (14) Molecular modification. Cyclodextrin molecules can be doped with other carbohydrate molecules. Its first hydroxyl group can be replaced by SN2, and it can form an oxalaldehyde or acid group for further reaction with a derivatizing group, etc. The second hydroxyl group can be reacted and removed to leave an unsaturated group, and a variety of known reagents can be added to it to add or cross double bonds to form derivative molecules. In addition, the oxygen in one or more rings of the glucose moiety can be opened to produce reactive sites. These techniques and others can be used to introduce compatible substituents on cyclodextrin molecules. A preferred preparation procedure for preparing a derivatized cyclodextrin material having a functional group compatible with a thermoplastic polymer includes reacting on the first or second hydroxyl group of a cyclodextrin molecule. We have roughly found that a wide range of side chain substituent moieties can be used on the molecule. These derivatized cyclodextrin molecules may include tritiated cyclodextrin, alkylated cyclodextrin, cyclodextrin esters such as tosylate, methanesulfonate and other related sulfonate derivatives, hydrocarbon amine cyclodextrin Essence, oxazolyl substituted cyclodextrin, pyridine substituted cyclodextrin, hydrocarbyl sulfur-containing cyclodextrin, silicon-containing cyclodextrin, carbonate and cyclodextrin with carbonate, carboxylic acid and related Replaces cyclodextrin and others. The substituent moiety must include regions that provide compatibility to the derivatized material. The fluorenyl groups usable as compatibilizing functional groups include ethyl fluorenyl, propyl fluorenyl, butyl fluorenyl, trifluoroethyl fluorenyl, benzyl fluorenyl, acryl fluorenyl and other well-known groups. The formation of these groups above the hydroxyl groups on the first or second ring of the cyclodextrin molecule includes well-known reactions. The tritiation reaction can be carried out using appropriate acid anhydrides, acid chlorides, and well-known synthetic procedures. Can be made into fully brewed cyclodextrin. In addition, cyclodextrin can be prepared by replacing less than all available hydroxyl groups with their groups and one or two remaining available hydroxyl groups with their functional groups. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -18-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 i、發明説明(15) 環糊精物質也可Μ與熔基化劑反應製成烷基化環糊精 。烷基化基可Μ在充分的反應條件下將可用的羥基完全反 應而製成全烷基化環糊精。此外,依反應條件中所用烷基 化劑和環糊精分子而定,可Μ製成在少於全部可用羥基上 取代之環糊精。可用來形成烷基化環糊精的烷基之典型例 子包括甲基,丙基,苄基,異丙基,第三丁基,烯丙基, 三苯甲基,烷基-苄基和其他普通烷基。彼等烷基可Μ用 傳統製備方法製成,例如在恰當條件下用烷基鹵化物,或 用烷基化硫酸烷酯反應物與羥基反應而得。 甲苯磺醯基(4-甲基苯磺醯基),甲烷磺醯基(甲烷磺 醯基)或其他相關烷基或芳基磺醯基形成劑可Μ用來製造 用於熱塑性樹脂中的相容化環糊精分子。環猢精分子的第 一 -0Η基比第二羥基更易於反應。不過,該分子可以在幾 乎任何位置上取代形成有用的組成物。 彼等含磺醯基官能基可Μ用來衍化環糊精分子所含任 何葡萄糖部份體的第二羥基或第一羥基。該等反應可Μ用 能夠與第一或第二羥基有效地反應之磺醯氯反應物來進行 。磺醯氯係Μ依分子中需要取代的檫的羥基數目而定之恰 當莫耳比例使用的。可Μ用已知的反應條件製備成對稱的 (有關用單一磺醯基部份體取代的化合物)或不對稱者(用 包括磺醯基衍生物的基混合物取代第一和第二羥基)。磺 醯基可Μ與一般係依實驗者所選出的醯基或烷基組合。最 後,可Μ製成單取代環糊精,其中環內的單一葡萄糖部份 體含有一至三個磺醢基取代基。環糊精分子的其餘部份則 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -19 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明(16) 保持未反應。 具有鏈側含熱塑性聚合物部份體的環糊精胺基和其他 ft氮基衍生物可Μ用於本發明片,膜或容器之中。經磺醯 基衍化的環糊精分子可以用來經由磺酸基被疊氮1 )離 子的親核置換而從磺醯基取代環糊精分子產生胺基衍生物 。隨後經由還原反應將鲞氮基衍生物轉化成經取代胺基化 合物。目前已製造出大多數的彼等昼氮基或胺基環糊精衍 生。彼等衍生物可Μ製成經對稱取代的胺基衍化(在環糊 精主幹上有兩値或更多個胺基或叠氮基對稱地配置之衍生 物)或不對稱取代的胺或畳氮基衍化環糊精分子。由於產 生含氮基的親核性置換反應之故,在6-碳原子上的第一羥 基是導入含氮基的最可能部位。可用於本發明中的含氮基 例子包括乙醯胺基(-NHAC),烷胺基包括甲胺基,乙胺基 ,丁胺基,異丁胺基,異丙胺基,己胺基,和其他烷胺基 取代基。胺基或烷胺基取代基可與能與氮原子反應的其他 化合物反應Μ進一步衍化該胺基。其他可能的含氮取代基 包括二烷胺基例如二甲胺基,二乙胺基,六氫吡啶基,六 氫吡哄基,四级取代烷基或芳基銨氯化物取代基。此外可 Μ製成環糊精的鹵素衍生物作為進料Μ製造用相容性衍生 物取代的環糊精分子。於彼等化合物中,第一或第二羥基 可用鹵素基例如氟,氯,溴,碘或其他取代基予Μ取代。 鹵素取代基的最可能位置爲在6-位置的第一羥基。 經烷基取代的膦酸基或經烴基取代的磷酸基可用來將 相容性衍生物導到環糊精上。烷基磷酸基,芳基磷酸基可 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210 Χ297公釐) -20 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)490477 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 i. Description of the Invention (15) The cyclodextrin substance can also be reacted with the melting base to make an alkylated cyclodextrin. Alkylated groups can be fully alkylated cyclodextrin by fully reacting available hydroxyl groups under sufficient reaction conditions. In addition, depending on the alkylating agent and the cyclodextrin molecule used in the reaction conditions, it can be made into a cyclodextrin substituted on less than all available hydroxyl groups. Typical examples of alkyl groups that can be used to form alkylated cyclodextrin include methyl, propyl, benzyl, isopropyl, third butyl, allyl, trityl, alkyl-benzyl and others Ordinary alkyl. Such alkyl groups can be prepared by conventional preparation methods, for example, by using alkyl halides under appropriate conditions, or by reacting alkyl sulfate alkyl reactants with hydroxyl groups. Tosylsulfonyl (4-methylbenzenesulfonyl), methanesulfonyl (methanesulfonyl) or other related alkyl or arylsulfonyl forming agents can be used to make phases used in thermoplastic resins. Capacitive cyclodextrin molecules. Cyclopyrene molecules are more reactive than the first hydroxyl group on the second hydroxyl group. However, the molecule can be substituted at almost any position to form a useful composition. These sulfofluorenyl-containing functional groups can be used to derive the second or first hydroxyl group of any glucose moiety contained in the cyclodextrin molecule. These reactions can be performed with a sulfonium chloride reactant that is capable of reacting effectively with the first or second hydroxyl group. The sulfonium chloride M is used in an appropriate molar ratio depending on the number of hydroxyl groups of the fluorene to be substituted in the molecule. It can be prepared using known reaction conditions either symmetrically (for compounds substituted with a single sulfofluorenyl moiety) or asymmetrically (substituting the first and second hydroxy groups with a base mixture including a sulfofluorenyl derivative). The sulfofluorenyl group can be combined with a fluorenyl or alkyl group generally chosen by the experimenter. Finally, M can be made into a monosubstituted cyclodextrin in which a single glucose moiety within the ring contains one to three sulfonyl substituents. The rest of the cyclodextrin molecules are in accordance with the Chinese national standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X297 mm). -19-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order the staff of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Printed by the cooperative 490477 A7 B7 _ 5. Description of the invention (16) Keep unreacted. Cyclodextrin amine groups and other ft nitrogen-based derivatives having a thermoplastic polymer moiety on the side of the chain can be used in the tablets, films or containers of the present invention. Cyclodextrin molecules derivatized with sulfonyl groups can be used to generate amine derivatives from sulfonyl groups by replacing the cyclodextrin molecules with sulfonyl groups through the nucleophilic substitution of azide 1) ions. The hydrazine derivative is then converted into a substituted amine compound via a reduction reaction. Most of these diurnal nitrogen or amine cyclodextrin derivatives have been produced. These derivatives can be made into symmetrically substituted amine derivatives (derivatives with two or more amine or azido groups symmetrically arranged on the cyclodextrin backbone) or asymmetrically substituted amines or fluorenes Nitrogen-derived cyclodextrin molecules. Due to the nucleophilic substitution reaction that produces a nitrogen-containing group, the first hydroxyl group on the 6-carbon atom is the most likely site for introducing a nitrogen-containing group. Examples of nitrogen-containing groups that can be used in the present invention include acetamido (-NHAC), alkylamines include methylamine, ethylamine, butylamine, isobutylamine, isopropylamine, hexylamine, and Other alkylamino substituents. The amino or alkylamino substituent may be reacted with other compounds capable of reacting with a nitrogen atom to further derivatize the amino group. Other possible nitrogen-containing substituents include dialkylamino groups such as dimethylamino, diethylamino, hexahydropyridyl, hexahydropyridyl, quaternary substituted alkyl or aryl ammonium chloride substituents. In addition, a halogen derivative of cyclodextrin can be used as the feedstock to manufacture a cyclodextrin molecule substituted with a compatible derivative. In their compounds, the first or second hydroxyl group may be substituted with M by a halogen group such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine or other substituents. The most likely position for the halogen substituent is the first hydroxyl group at the 6-position. Alkyl-substituted phosphonic acid groups or hydrocarbyl-substituted phosphate groups can be used to introduce compatible derivatives to cyclodextrin. Alkyl phosphate group and aryl phosphate group are available. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) -20-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(17) 在環糊精分子的第一羥基上進行取代。第2,和3,的第 二羥基上可Μ用烷基磷酸基分支。 環糊精分子可用雜環核取代,其包括鏈側眯唑基,組 胺酸,眯唑基,Btt陡基及經取代吡啶基。 環糊精衍生物可用含硫官能基予以改質Μ將相容化取 代基導在環糊精上。除了上述磺醯基醯化基之外,可Κ使 用Μ硫氫基化學為基礎製成的含硫基來衍化環糊精。彼等 含硫基包括甲硫基(™SMe),丙硫基(-SPr),第三丁硫基( -S-C(CH3)3),羥乙硫基(-S-CH2CH20H),咪唑基甲硫基, 苯硫基,經取代苯硫基,胺烷硫基和其他基。基於上述醚 或硫醚化學,可K製備成具有K羥基,醛,銅或羧酸官能 性為端的取代基之環糊精。彼等基包括羥乙基,3-羥基丙 基,甲氧乙基和對應的8亏異構物,甲醯基甲基和其1}亏異構 物,羧甲氧基(-〇-CH2-C〇2H),羧甲酯甲氧基(-0-CH2-C〇2 -CH3)。用矽酮化學形成的環糊精衍生物可含相容性官能 基。 可Μ製備成含矽酮官能基的環糊精衍生物。矽酮基通 常指的是具有單一經取代矽原子或重複的有取代基的矽-氧主幹之基。典型地,矽酮取代基中有明顯比例的矽原子 載有烴基(烷基或芳基)取代基。矽酮取代物質通常具有増 加的熱和氧化安定性及化學惰性。此外,矽酮基會增加對 風候的抗性,加添介電強度及改良表面張力。矽酮基的分 子構造可能變異,係因矽謂基可能在矽酮部份體中具有單 一矽原子或2至20値矽原子,其可為線型或分枝,具有大 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -21 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 五_I_____ 經濟、那中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 發明説明(18) 數目的重複矽-氧基且更可有多種官能基取代。對於本發 明目的而k,簡單的含矽取代基部份體較為佳,包括三甲 基矽烷基,混合甲基-苯基矽烷基,等。吾等知道某些/5 CD 和乙醸基化和羥烷基衍生物可得自American Maize-Products Co. , Corn Processing Division, Hammond, IN 〇 本發明較佳的含環糊精衍生物聚酯飲料容器一般係經 由將改質環糊精摻加到聚烯烴或聚酯樹脂中,然後形成有 用的九粒。之後將九粒形成預成型料形狀,接著轉變成雙 軸定向拉伸飲料容器。一般可用兩種技術來製造瓶子。第 一種,係使用一種機器,其可在加熱棒上將樹脂九粒轉變 成預成型粒。於調理後,用棒子及配合製造設備的其餘部 份將該預成型料吹成瓶子。第二種技術包括用熱塑性樹脂 形成預成型料。將樹脂從預成型料製造部位移走並將預成 型料轉移到吹塑裝置。之後,將預成型料雙軸定向地吹成 有用的容器形狀。該容器可用有瓣輪底使其自支撐或可用 黏著劑黏合到聚乙烯或聚丙烯底杯支持物。於另一實施例 中,成品飲料容器可為至少兩層層壓料。該層壓物可含有 一層聚酯材料及在第二層中的屏障聚合物。衍化環糊精可 在任一層中或在兩層中。於第三實施例中,飲料容器可包 括在瓶子内部上有一塗層之雙軸定向拉伸飲料容器。該塗 層可放置在預成型料中具有足夠的厚度Μ在吹塑後充分地 覆蓋飲料容器的內部。另外,可在吹塑後在容器內部上形 成該塗層。 任何熱成型程序中所用原料為造粒過的熱塑性聚酯或 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -22 - 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(19) 聚烯烴。產生熱塑性聚酯的轉酯化反應所得產物為熔融體 形式。熔融體可以容易地還原成有用的九粒或其他小直徑 薄片或粒狀物。薄片或粒狀聚酯可即乾燥並與衍化環糊精 物質摻合到均勻為止,再於可得到改質或衍化環糊精與聚 酯材料的均勻分散液或溶液之條件下熔融擠壓。Ml聚JI 办粒典型地為實質透明,均勻且具一般尺寸者。該九粒較 佳者含有約0·01至約10重量%的改質環糊精,較佳者約0. 1 至約5重量%的改質環糊精且在某些情況下,該聚酯可含 0.5至2重量%的環糊精物質。含有經改質環糊精物質的 聚酯粒即可摻加到傳統環糊精或型坯吹塑技術中。這些技 術的產物含有相似的材料比例。 分子定向可實質地改良許多熱塑性材料的梃度,最終 抗張強度,屈服強度,耐衝擊性,澄清度和抗滲透性。 雙軸定向PET塑膠碳酸無酒精飲料瓶可用聚對酞酸乙 二醇酯MWyeth et al·,1973年,5月15日核發的美國專 利第 3,733,309 號,發明名稱為 “Biaxially Oriented Poly (Ethylene Terephthalate) Bottle” 中所述方法製 造。在目前大部份的雙軸定向PET飲料瓶係用所謂的“再 加熱吹塑(reheat blow)法,每一階段用個別的機器而製 成者。於第一段注模機中,係在高於聚合物熔點的約540 °F (282.221 )熔融溫度下於經冷郤模子中先注射模造PET 型坯或預成型料,然後予Μ冷卻並從注模機取出作為進料 供後面個別的第二段再加熱吹塑機所用,於該處製成雙軸 定向瓶。在進入再加熱吹塑機內時,形狀類似試管,在其 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1ΤPrinted by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (17) Substitution on the first hydroxyl group of the cyclodextrin molecule. The second, second and third hydroxyl groups may be branched with an alkyl phosphate group. The cyclodextrin molecule may be substituted with a heterocyclic core, which includes a chain pendant oxazolyl group, a histidine, an oxazolyl group, a Btt steep group, and a substituted pyridyl group. Cyclodextrin derivatives can be modified with sulfur-containing functional groups to introduce compatible substitution groups on cyclodextrin. In addition to the above-mentioned sulfofluorenyl groups, cyclodextrin can be derivatized with a sulfur-containing group prepared based on M sulfhydryl chemistry. Their sulfur-containing groups include methylthio (™ SMe), propylthio (-SPr), third butylthio (-SC (CH3) 3), hydroxyethylthio (-S-CH2CH20H), imidazolyl Thio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, amine alkylthio, and other groups. Based on the above-mentioned ether or thioether chemistry, K can be prepared as a cyclodextrin having K-hydroxy, aldehyde, copper or carboxylic acid-functionalized substituents. These groups include hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, methoxyethyl and the corresponding 8-isomers, methylmethyl and its 1} -isomer, and carboxymethoxy (-〇-CH2 -C02H), carboxymethyl methoxy (-0-CH2-C02-CH3). Cyclodextrin derivatives formed using silicone chemistry may contain compatible functional groups. It can be prepared into cyclodextrin derivatives containing silicone functional groups. A silicone group generally refers to a group having a single substituted silicon atom or a repeating substituted silicon-oxygen backbone. Typically, a significant proportion of the silicon atoms in a silicone substituent carry a hydrocarbyl (alkyl or aryl) substituent. Silicone-substituted substances usually have increased thermal and oxidative stability and chemical inertness. In addition, silicone groups increase resistance to weather, add dielectric strength and improve surface tension. The molecular structure of the silicone group may vary, because the silicon group may have a single silicon atom or 2 to 20 値 silicon atoms in the silicone part, which may be linear or branched. It has a large paper size and is suitable for China. Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) -21-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order 5_I_____ Economy, then printed by the Central Standards Bureau Consumer Cooperatives Α7 Β7 Description of invention (18) Number It is a repeating silicon-oxy group and can be substituted with various functional groups. For the purposes of the present invention, simple silicon-containing substituent moieties are preferred, including trimethylsilyl, mixed methyl-phenylsilyl, and the like. We know that some of the / 5 CD and ethylated and hydroxyalkyl derivatives are available from American Maize-Products Co., Corn Processing Division, Hammond, IN. The preferred cyclodextrin derivative polyesters of the present invention Beverage containers are generally formulated by incorporating modified cyclodextrin into a polyolefin or polyester resin, and then forming useful nine capsules. Nine pellets were then formed into a prepreg shape and then transformed into a biaxially oriented stretched beverage container. Two techniques are generally used to make bottles. The first is a machine that converts nine pellets of resin into preform pellets on a heating rod. After conditioning, the preform is blown into bottles using a stick and the rest of the manufacturing equipment. The second technique involves forming a prepreg from a thermoplastic resin. The resin was removed from the prepreg manufacturing section and the preform was transferred to a blow molding apparatus. Thereafter, the prepreg is biaxially oriented into a useful container shape. The container may be self-supporting with a flap bottom or may be adhered to a polyethylene or polypropylene bottom cup support with an adhesive. In another embodiment, the finished beverage container may be at least two layers of laminate. The laminate may contain a layer of polyester material and a barrier polymer in a second layer. Derivatized cyclodextrins can be in either layer or in two layers. In a third embodiment, the beverage container may include a biaxially oriented stretched beverage container having a coating on the inside of the bottle. This coating can be placed in a prepreg with a sufficient thickness M to sufficiently cover the interior of the beverage container after blow molding. Alternatively, the coating may be formed on the inside of the container after blow molding. The raw materials used in any thermoforming process are pelletized thermoplastic polyester or the paper size is subject to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -22- 490477 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (19) Polyolefins. The product obtained by the transesterification reaction to produce a thermoplastic polyester is in the form of a melt. The melt can be easily reduced to useful nine pellets or other small diameter flakes or granules. The flakes or granular polyesters can be dried and blended with the derivatized cyclodextrin material until uniform, and then melt-extruded under conditions that can obtain a uniform dispersion or solution of modified or derivatized cyclodextrin and polyester materials. Ml Poly JI granules are typically substantially transparent, uniform and of average size. The nine capsules preferably contain about 0.01 to about 10% by weight of modified cyclodextrin, more preferably about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of modified cyclodextrin and in some cases, the polymer The ester may contain 0.5 to 2% by weight of cyclodextrin material. Polyester pellets containing modified cyclodextrin material can be incorporated into traditional cyclodextrin or parison blow molding techniques. The products of these technologies contain similar proportions of materials. Molecular orientation can substantially improve the durability, ultimate tensile strength, yield strength, impact resistance, clarity, and permeability of many thermoplastic materials. Biaxially oriented PET plastic carbonated non-alcoholic beverage bottles can be polyethylene terephthalate MWyeth et al., US Patent No. 3,733,309 issued on May 15, 1973, and the invention name is "Biaxially Oriented Poly (Ethylene Terephthalate)" Bottle ". At present, most of the biaxially oriented PET beverage bottles are made by the so-called "reheat blow" method, each stage using a separate machine. In the first injection molding machine, the At a temperature of about 540 ° F (282.221) above the melting point of the polymer, the PET parison or prepreg is injection molded in a cooled mold at a melting temperature, and then cooled and removed from the injection molding machine as a feed for the individual later The second reheat blow molding machine is used to make a biaxial oriented bottle there. When entering the reheat blow molding machine, the shape is similar to a test tube, and the Chinese paper standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297) Mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page), 1Τ

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7_______ 五、發明説明(2Q) 開放端頂有螺紋瓶頸的冷型坯即在烘箱內均勻地加熱到其 定向溫度,其對於PET而言為約190°F (87.78°C )至200°F ( 93.331C)(此點低於PET的熔點 >。然後將經溫度調理過的 型坯放置在經冷卻的瓶子吹塑模子內,在封閉吹塑模子時 將型坯頸部夾住。接著揷入金屬推捍並經由開放頸部推到 型坯内,並將初始長度比成品瓶較短的型坯軸向地拉伸到 吹塑模子的底部達其最後長度,由是完成軸向或長軸定向 。其次在經軸向拉伸型坯內部導入壓縮空氣使其向外膨脹 並與瓶子吹塑模子的冷卻表面接觸Μ達到徑向或所謂的“ 圓周向”定向。於足夠冷卻到可供隨後裝卸之後,即打開 吹塑模子並從機器中射出雙軸定向瓶。雖然此法適用於可 定向的熱塑膠,不過其在注模機和再加熱吹塑機及其相關 的型坯轉移設備和加熱烘箱上需要實質的投資。再者,在 將冷型坯置於烘箱內再加熱時要消耗掉顯著的能量,這點 也增加成品定向瓶的成本。 若使用單一“熱型坯”注射拉伸-吹塑機Μ所謂的線 內單階段注射吹模法來製造雙軸定向中空物件時,即可避 免掉再加熱步驟。於該“熱型坯”線內法中,型坯經注射 模造形成,冷郤到定向溫度,然後軸向拉伸及徑向吹塑到 其最後產品形狀,而不必冷卻到室溫。在專利文獻中揭示 出許多種彼等線內“熱型坯”注射拉伸吹塑法和裝置而構 成先前技藝。 如在八.<1.3〇81〇1^,美國專利第3,470,282號中所宣 佈者,先用熱塑性材料在高於其熔點的溫度下配置於注射 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -24 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7_______ V. Description of the Invention (2Q) The cold parison with a threaded bottleneck at the open end is heated uniformly to its orientation temperature in the oven, which is about 190 for PET ° F (87.78 ° C) to 200 ° F (93.331C) (this is below the melting point of PET>). The temperature-conditioned parison is then placed in a cooled bottle blow mold and closed blow molded The neck of the parison is clamped during the mold. Then it is pushed into the metal and pushed into the parison through the open neck, and the parison, which has an initial length shorter than the finished bottle, is axially stretched to the bottom of the blow mold. Up to its final length, the axial or long axis orientation is completed. Secondly, compressed air is introduced inside the axially stretched parison to expand outward and contact the cooling surface of the bottle blow mold to reach radial or so-called "Circumferential" orientation. After cooling sufficiently for subsequent loading and unloading, the blow mold is opened and the biaxially oriented bottle is ejected from the machine. Although this method is suitable for orientable thermoplastics, it is used in injection molding machines and Heating blow molding machine and its related Substantial investment is required on the parison transfer equipment and heating oven. Furthermore, significant energy is consumed when cold parisons are placed in the oven and reheated, which also increases the cost of the finished orientation bottle. The "parison" injection stretch-blow molding machine called the in-line single-stage injection blow molding method to manufacture a biaxially oriented hollow object can avoid the reheating step. In the "hot parison" in-line method, The parison is formed by injection molding, cooled to an orientation temperature, and then axially stretched and blown radially to its final product shape without having to cool to room temperature. Many types of "hot" The "parison" injection stretch blow molding method and apparatus constitute the prior art. As announced in Yasu. ≪ 1.3〇81〇1 ^, U.S. Patent No. 3,470,282, a thermoplastic material is first used at a temperature above its melting point. The size of the paper used for injection is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) -24-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(21) 模陰腔洞內的槪括呈圓柱形的核心,稱為內套筒之上注射 模造成熱的熱塑膠型坯。然後在型坯仍置於核心上及注射 模子内時,經由其中所裝的適當冷卻工具將其冷卻到一窄 溫度範圍,其包括加工材料的較佳定向溫度,該溫度範圍 相當地均勻且涵蓋跨越型坯厚度和表面的所有點,且該溫 度範圍也低於熱塑性材料均勻熔化溫度之下。PET型坯的 該窄溫度範圍為約190T (87.781〉至200 T (93.33¾ )。在 到達其窄定向溫度範圍之後,即從注射模內取出經均勻冷 卻的型坯,並在仍處於其內核上面之下,轉移到其內有冷 卻工具的吹塑模子。於傳送中,或在位於密閉吹塑模子内 之後,利用在其上模造成型坯的內核中所裝的閥向外伸展 而軸向地拉伸該型坯。其次在仍位於吹塑模子內之同時, 將型坯充氣,因而沿第二軸或軸向拉伸方向拉伸該型坯。 在熱塑膠型坯的定向溫度下,經由核心棒內所裝閥的縱向 或軸向拉伸,和徑向充氣,有時稱爲“圓周拉伸”,予Μ 拉伸即得雙軸定向中空物件。 上逑配置具有前述簡單性和能量節約之優點,但其不 能Μ經濟生產所需的高生產速率操作。例如,該型坯必須 先在其整個厚度都到達定向溫度。若核心和注射模子腔洞 的金屬表面都保持在要加工的熱塑膠所具定向溫度範圍或 較低者,對於 PET 為 190Τ (87.78C )至 200°F (93.33°C ), 則型坯於仍處於注射模子內時,最後都會冷卻到使其整個 厚度內都達到對應於所欲定向溫度範圍之平衡溫度狀況。 不過,因為在型坯,核心,和模子表面之間的小溫差,使 $紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公襲) -25 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (21) The cylindrical core inside the cavity of the mold is called a hot plastic parison caused by the injection mold above the inner sleeve. . Then, while the parison is still on the core and in the injection mold, it is cooled to a narrow temperature range by suitable cooling tools installed therein, which includes the preferred orientation temperature of the processing material, which is fairly uniform and covers All points across the thickness and surface of the parison, and this temperature range is below the uniform melting temperature of the thermoplastic material. The narrow temperature range of the PET parison is approximately 190T (87.781> to 200 T (93.33¾). After reaching its narrow orientation temperature range, the uniformly cooled parison is removed from the injection mold and is still in its core. Above and below, transfer to a blow mold with a cooling tool in it. During transfer, or after being located in a closed blow mold, use the valve installed in the core of the parison forming the upper mold to extend outward and axially The parison is stretched. Secondly, while still inside the blow mold, the parison is inflated, so that the parison is stretched in the second axial or axial stretching direction. At the orientation temperature of the thermoplastic parison, Through the longitudinal or axial stretching of the valve installed in the core rod, and radial inflation, sometimes called "circumferential stretching", pre-stretching to obtain a biaxially oriented hollow object. The upper configuration has the aforementioned simplicity and The advantage of energy saving, but it can not operate at the high production rate required for economic production. For example, the parison must first reach the orientation temperature throughout its thickness. If the metal surfaces of the core and cavity of the injection mold are kept to be processed Thermoplastic The orientation temperature range or lower, for PET is 190T (87.78C) to 200 ° F (93.33 ° C), while the parison is still in the injection mold, it will finally be cooled to make it correspond to the entire thickness. The equilibrium temperature of the desired orientation temperature range. However, because of the small temperature difference between the parison, the core, and the surface of the mold, the $ paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public attack) -25-( (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

、1T 490477 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(22) 得型坯在注射模子內的冷卻速率極端地低。如此,裝置的 操作速度係受限於所需的長注射模造循環。相反地,若該 核心和注射模子腔洞係保持在非常較低的溫度,對於PET 習慣上係在約35°F (1·67υ )至40T (4.44°C ),冷卻速率卽 可實質地增加,但在跨越型坯厚度上會造成不均勻的溫度 分佈。彼等型坯快速冷卻若是在經濟和商業可行的循環時 間內完成時,會導致型坯表面溫度實質地低於被加工的熱 塑膠所具定向溫度範圍且事實上趨近於核心和注射模子的 溫度,而型坯壁的中央或中心點則實質地高於所欲定向溫 度範圍。所Μ,在型坯具有跨越其厚度的彼等實質不良溫 度分佈,其大部份都在被加工的熱塑膠所具定向溫度範圍 之外時,在該型坯的拉伸和吹塑中不會達到令人滿意的定 向。 在Seal ora的揭示中隱含的型坯或預成型料緩慢冷卻 所導致的循環時間限制可在隨後揭示的其他技藝中達到某 些程度的克服,例如,在Valyi,美國專利第3,966,378和 4,151,248號中所述者。 在美國專利第3,966,378號中,先在注射模内的第一 核心上形成型坯,於注射模內冷卻,在該核心上轉移到預 吹塑模子並對箸預吹塑模的內表面部份地膨脹到介於型坯 與成品物件之間的形狀。接著,在該預吹塑模內於第一核 心上實施冷卻到使其整個厚度都在被模造的熱塑膠所具的 所欲定向溫度範圍內之均勻溫度。然後將經溫度調理過的 型坯轉移到第二吹塑核心且隨後轉移到第三模子,於該處 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁), 1T 490477 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (22) The cooling rate of the obtained parison in the injection mold is extremely low. As such, the operating speed of the device is limited by the required long injection molding cycle. Conversely, if the core and cavity cavity system of the injection mold are kept at a very low temperature, the conventional cooling rate for PET is about 35 ° F (1.667 °) to 40T (4.44 ° C), and the cooling rate 卽 can be substantially increased. , But it will cause uneven temperature distribution across the thickness of the parison. If the rapid cooling of their parisons is completed within economically and commercially feasible cycle times, the surface temperature of the parisons will be substantially lower than the directional temperature range of the processed thermoplastic and will actually approach the core and injection molds. Temperature, and the center or center point of the parison wall is substantially higher than the desired orientation temperature range. Therefore, when the parison has its substantially poor temperature distribution across its thickness, and most of it is outside the directional temperature range of the thermoplastic being processed, it is not in the stretching and blow molding of the parison. A satisfactory orientation will be achieved. The cycle time limitation caused by the slow cooling of the parison or preform implicit in the Seal ora disclosure can be overcome to some extent in other techniques disclosed later, for example, in Valyi, U.S. Patent Nos. 3,966,378 and 4,151, No. 248. In U.S. Patent No. 3,966,378, a parison is first formed on a first core in an injection mold, cooled in the injection mold, transferred to the pre-blow mold on the core, and pierced the inner surface portion of the pre-blow mold. It swells to a shape between the parison and the finished article. Next, cooling is performed on the first core in the pre-blow mold to a uniform temperature within the desired orientation temperature range of the molded thermoplastic. The temperature-conditioned parison is then transferred to a second blow core and then to a third mold, where (please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、11, 11

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X297公釐) -26 - 口叫/7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 1Λ發明説明(23) 將其軸向拉伸並在該最後吹塑模的第三模子內膨脹形成中 空雙軸定向物件。若利用多組核心和模子時’即可同時將 諸個別型坯注射模造,預吹塑,和冷郤到定向溫度,及最 後拉伸-吹塑。因為型坯在注射模內未經調理到其整個厚 度都達一致的定向溫度,所Μ注射模可在合理且經濟的生 產速率下操作。不過,額外的預吹塑模子與附加的核心和 轉移工具之需要大大地使該裝置複雑化且需要更大的投資 。再者,預吹塑到中間形狀之舉事實上是略為自欺者,因 其犧牲了隨後可能赋與在型坯上的定向量,此係由於可施 加的定向度正比於型坯在到達所欲定向溫度後發生的拉伸 量之故,而其在此情況中係在預吹塑模子內進行的。顯然 地,從型坯的中間形狀拉伸到其最後形狀可完成的定向-拉伸量低於該型坯在定向溫度下從其原形狀拉伸到其最後 形狀所得之量。 於Valyi,美國專利第4, 151,248號中,對於其參與會 犧牲可能達到的定向水平之預吹塑模子的需要可經由一種 製備中空定向塑膠物件的方法而避免掉,於該方法中在注 射模子内於第一核心上形成一型坯並迅速地冷郤到適合定 向的平均溫度但有跨越該型坯壁的不等溫度分佈,其外表 面為冷者而中心爲熱者。其次,將在該第一核心上經冷卻 的型坯轉移到回火模子内於該處從該第一核心剝開並沈積 在該回火模子內。然後將經冷郤的型坯在該溫控回火模子 內調理或回火到使跨越型坯壁的溫度分佈均等化而達到對 應於被模造熱塑材料所欲定向溫度之均勻溫度分佈。該回 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -27 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(24) 火係藉助於揷在型坯內且抵住型坯的另外拉伸一吹塑核心 Μ提供型坯與回火模子之間的壓緊接觸,藉此加速兩者之 間的熱輸送而完成的。之後將經溫度調理過的型坯於拉伸 一吹塑核心上轉移到第三模子,其為拉伸吹塑模,並經由 伸縮延伸該拉伸一吹塑核心進行最後的軸向拉伸,再於該 拉伸一吹塑模子內施Μ徑向膨脹和冷卻而形成雙軸定向中 空物件。因為該型坯在注射模內不需要調理到跨越其壁厚 有均一的定向溫度之程度,所Μ可將型坯即早從注射模子 內取出,且注射模造步驟可用合理的速率操作,可能比其 他方式遠較為快。不過,額外的核心,模子和轉移工具之 需要使裝置大大地複雜化且實質地加添成本。 於Marcs,美國專利第3,776,991號中,揭示一種在旋 轉型注射模造機內製造雙軸定向中空塑膠物件之方法,其 具有至少四個站,其中於注射站中,在注射模子内於第一 核心上形成型坯,於注射模子內冷郤到高於定向溫度的溫 度,於該第一核心上牽引到一中間站,於該處將該型坯對 著中間模的冷表面預吹塑,其變成比原型坯的形狀較大但 小於最後所欲物件的形狀,在該中間模子內冷卻到最佳定 向溫度,在該第一核心上引導到吹塑站並放置到最後吹塑 模子內,其腔洞具有最後所欲物件的形狀。然後將經預吹 塑的型坯於該閉合的最後吹塑模子內經由裝在該第一核心 棒內的揚瓣閥柄的伸展而軸向地拉伸,且最後徑向地向外 膨脹到其最後形狀,抵緊吹塑模的腔洞壁,並冷卻到適當 的射出溫度。在打開吹塑模子後,將核心棒和雙軸定向物 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -28 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X297 mm) -26-Mouth / 7 Printed by A7 B7 1Λ Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (23) Extend it axially and The third mold of the last blow mold is expanded to form a hollow biaxially oriented article. If multiple sets of cores and molds are used, the individual parisons can be injection molded, pre-blown, and cooled to the orientation temperature, and finally stretch-blow molded. Because the parison is not conditioned in the injection mold to a uniform orientation temperature throughout its thickness, the injection mold can be operated at a reasonable and economical production rate. However, the need for additional pre-blow molds and additional cores and transfer tools greatly complicated the device and required greater investment. In addition, the pre-blow molding to the middle shape is actually a little self-deceiving, because it sacrifices the fixed vector that may be subsequently assigned to the parison. This is because the degree of orientation that can be applied is proportional to the position at which the parison reaches The amount of stretching that takes place after the orientation temperature is desired, and in this case it is performed in a pre-blow mold. Obviously, the amount of orientation-stretching that can be completed from stretching the intermediate shape of the parison to its final shape is lower than the amount obtained by stretching the parison from its original shape to its final shape at the orientation temperature. In Valyi, U.S. Patent No. 4,151,248, the need for participation in a pre-blow mold that would sacrifice the level of orientation that could be achieved can be avoided by a method of making a hollow oriented plastic object in which an injection mold is used A parison is formed inside the first core and quickly cooled to an average temperature suitable for orientation, but there is an unequal temperature distribution across the parison wall. Its outer surface is cold and its center is hot. Second, the cooled parison on the first core is transferred into a tempering mold, where it is peeled from the first core and deposited in the tempering mold. The cooled parison is then conditioned or tempered in the temperature-controlled tempering mold to equalize the temperature distribution across the parison wall to achieve a uniform temperature distribution corresponding to the desired orientation temperature of the molded thermoplastic material. The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -27-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperative 490477 A7 B7 5 2. Description of the invention (24) The fire system uses the yoke inside the parison and stretches against the parison to blow a core M to provide a compact contact between the parison and the tempering mold, thereby accelerating the two. Heat transfer is completed. The temperature-conditioned parison is then transferred to a third mold on a stretch-blow mold core, which is a stretch-blow mold, and the stretch-blow core is extended and stretched for final axial stretching through telescoping. Radial expansion and cooling are applied to the stretch-blow mold to form a biaxially oriented hollow object. Because the parison does not need to be conditioned in the injection mold to the extent that it has a uniform orientation temperature across its wall thickness, the parison can be removed from the injection mold as soon as possible, and the injection molding step can be operated at a reasonable rate, which may be less than Other methods are far faster. However, the need for additional cores, molds, and transfer tools greatly complicates the device and adds substantial cost. In Marcs, U.S. Patent No. 3,776,991, a method for manufacturing a biaxially oriented hollow plastic object in a rotary injection molding machine is disclosed, which has at least four stations, of which in the injection station, the first core is in the injection mold. A parison is formed thereon, cooled in the injection mold to a temperature higher than the orientation temperature, and pulled to an intermediate station on the first core, where the parison is pre-blown against the cold surface of the intermediate mold. It becomes larger than the shape of the prototype blank but smaller than the shape of the final desired object, cooled to the optimal orientation temperature in the intermediate mold, guided to the blow station on the first core and placed in the final blow mold, which The cavity has the shape of the final desired object. The pre-blown parison is then axially stretched in the closed last blow mold through the extension of the poppet valve stem installed in the first core rod, and finally expanded radially outward to Its final shape is pressed against the cavity wall of the blow mold and cooled to the proper injection temperature. After opening the blow mold, the core rod and the biaxial orientation are applied. The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -28-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order

490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(25) 件引導到排出站,於該處取出該雙軸定向物件。此方法免 除掉Valyi專利所述對附加核心的需要,但仍需要使用預 吹塑或中間模子和中間模站,及彼等附帶的複雜性和高成 本。於此方法中仍會犧牲某些賦與高定向水平之能力,係 因為物件從中間形狀到最後形狀拉伸得低於在其他技術中 型坯在定向溫度下從原型坯形狀拉伸到最後物件形狀所得 程度之故。490477 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (25) The item is guided to the discharge station, where the biaxially oriented object is taken out. This method eliminates the need for additional cores as described in the Valyi patent, but still requires the use of pre-blow molding or intermediate molds and intermediate mold stations, along with the complexity and cost associated with them. In this method, some ability to impart a high level of orientation is still sacrificed because the object stretches from the intermediate shape to the final shape lower than the parison stretches from the prototype shape to the final object shape at the orientation temperature in other technologies The degree of income.

Marcus,美國專利第4,065,246號提及另一種採用至 少三站的注射吹塑模造方法,其中在注射模内於核心上形 成型坯,於注射模內冷卻到所欲定向溫度範圍,在相同核 心棒上轉移到最後吹塑模子並停留在其中使型坯到達均勻 的定向溫度同時型坯的外尖部接觸到一溫控栓,且型坯的 其餘部份除了其尖部的內表面外,稍撤膨脹離開核心Μ經 由短暫地導入低壓空氣到型坯內部使該第一核心棒從該型 坯脫離。另外,Marcus也提及可Μ使用潤滑劑來幫肋第一 核心從型坯脫離。接著,將該第一核心從部份膨脹的型坯 取出,插入第二核心並在其中向外伸展Μ縱向地拉伸該型 坯,藉此使型坯軸向地定向。之後,在經軸向拉伸型坯內 導入高壓空氣Μ使其徑向地向外膨脹到其接觸到具有最後 形狀的吹塑模腔所具浮表面為止並冷卻到適當的排出溫度 。之後將該雙軸定向物件於該第二核心上轉移到排出站, 於該處從裝置中排出。此方法可避免模子的重複但需要兩 套核心和轉移工具,和額外的站,都會加添複雜性和額外 的成本。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -29 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1Τ 五 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 發明説明(26) 這些專利所揭示的方法皆為典型的飲料容器製造方法 。不過,可方便地製造PET飲料容器的任何方法都可Μ使 用本發明九粒。 類似上述諸方法者,可Μ製成具有外部層的層壓瓶其 典型地包括具有包含屏障聚合物的內部層之熱塑膠。屏障 聚合物或聚酯材料中任一者或兩者可包含改質或衍化環糊 精材料作為摻透物捕捉分子或作為雜質捕捉分子。屏障聚 合物物質可為能夠與聚對酞酸乙二醇酯形成層壓物飲料容 器的任何習用熱塑膠。 熱塑性材料可以用多種方法形成瓶子內的屏障膜層。 這些方法都是熟知的製造程序。可導致成功的屏障膜形成 之聚合物熱塑膠所具特性如下所述。熟練的製造熱塑性聚 合物之技術員都知道經由控制分子量來針對熱塑膠加工和 特殊終端用途量身訂造聚合物材料(熔融指數係熱塑膠工 業選出來作為分子量的測量者——熔融指數係與分子量, 密度和結晶度成反比者)。對於吹塑熱塑膠擠壓,聚烯烴( LDPE,LLDPE,HDPE)為最常用的熱塑性聚合物,不過聚丙 烯,耐綸,睛和聚碳酸酯有時候也用來製造吹膜。聚烯烴 典型地具有〇·2至3克/ 10分的熔融指數,約0.910至約 0.940克/立方公分的密度,及約200,000至500,000的分 子量。對於雙軸定向膜擠壓而言,最常用的聚合物為Μ烯 烴為基質者——主要為聚乙烯和聚丙烯(熔融指數爲約0. 1 至4,較佳者0·4至4克/10分,且分子量爲約200,000至 600,000 >。也可Μ使用聚酯和耐綸。用於澆鑄時,典型地 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -30 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Marcus, U.S. Patent No. 4,065,246 mentions another injection blow molding method using at least three stations, in which a parison is formed on the core in the injection mold, cooled in the injection mold to the desired orientation temperature range, and on the same core Transfer to the last blow mold and stay in it to reach a uniform orientation temperature while the outer tip of the parison contacts a temperature control pin, and the rest of the parison except for the inner surface of its tip, slightly The withdrawal from the core M disengages the first core rod from the parison by briefly introducing low-pressure air into the interior of the parison. In addition, Marcus also mentioned that lubricants can be used to help the rib's first core detach from the parison. Next, the first core is taken out from the partially expanded parison, inserted into the second core and stretched out therein to stretch the parison longitudinally, thereby orienting the parison axially. Thereafter, high-pressure air M is introduced into the axially stretched parison to expand it radially outward until it contacts the floating surface of the blow mold cavity having the final shape and is cooled to an appropriate discharge temperature. The biaxially oriented object is then transferred to the discharge station on the second core, where it is discharged from the device. This method avoids duplication of molds but requires two sets of core and transfer tools, and additional stations, adding complexity and additional cost. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -29-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 1T 5 printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumer Cooperatives Α7 Β7 Invention Description (26) The methods disclosed in these patents are all typical beverage container manufacturing methods. However, the nine capsules of the present invention can be used in any method which can conveniently manufacture PET beverage containers. Similar to the methods described above, laminated bottles with an outer layer can be made typically comprising a thermoplastic having an inner layer containing a barrier polymer. Either or both of the barrier polymers or polyester materials may include modified or derivatized cyclodextrin materials as permeate capture molecules or as impurity capture molecules. The barrier polymer material may be any conventional thermoplastic that is capable of forming a laminate beverage container with polyethylene terephthalate. Thermoplastic materials can be used to form barrier film layers in bottles in a variety of ways. These methods are well-known manufacturing procedures. The properties of polymer thermoplastics that can lead to successful barrier film formation are described below. Skilled thermoplastic polymer technicians know that polymer materials are tailored for thermoplastic processing and special end-use applications by controlling molecular weight. (The melt index is selected by the thermoplastic industry as a measure of molecular weight-melt index and molecular weight. , Density and crystallinity are inversely proportional). For blown thermoplastic extrusion, polyolefins (LDPE, LLDPE, HDPE) are the most commonly used thermoplastic polymers, but polypropylene, nylon, nylon, and polycarbonate are sometimes used to make blown films. Polyolefins typically have a melt index of 0.2 to 3 grams / 10 minutes, a density of about 0.910 to about 0.940 grams per cubic centimeter, and a molecular weight of about 200,000 to 500,000. For biaxially oriented film extrusion, the most commonly used polymers are those with olefins as the matrix-mainly polyethylene and polypropylene (melting index is about 0.1 to 4, preferably 0.4 to 4 grams / 10 points, and molecular weight is about 200,000 to 600,000 >. Polyester and nylon can also be used. For casting, typically this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -30-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(27) 係用聚乙烯或聚丙烯製成熔融熱塑性樹脂或單體分散液。 有時候也澆鑲耐綸,聚酯和PVC。對於水条壓克力胺甲酸 酯和PVDC等的輥塗,係在塗被前將分散液聚合到最適當的 結晶度和分子量。 此外也使用各種熱塑性樹脂。彼等材料包括聚丙烯腈 ,聚(丙烯睛-共-丁二烯-共-苯乙烯)聚合物,壓克力聚合 物例如聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯,聚丙烯酸正丁酯,聚(乙烯-共 -丙烯酸>,聚(乙烯-共-甲基丙烯酸酯),等;賽珞凡,纖 維素類包括纖維素乙酸酯,纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯,纖維素 乙酸酯丁酸酯和纖維素三乙酸酯,等;氟聚合物包括聚四 氟乙烯(鐵氟龍),聚(乙烯-共-四氟乙烯)共聚物,(四氟 乙烯-共-丙烯)共聚物,聚氟乙烯聚合物,等,聚醯胺例 如耐綸6,耐綸6,6,等;聚碳酸酯,·聚酯例如聚(乙烯-共 -對酞酸酯),聚(乙烯-共-1,4-禁二羧酸酯),聚(丁烯-共 -對酞酸酯);聚醯亞胺材料;聚乙烯材料包括低密度聚乙 烯;線型低密度聚乙烯,高密度聚乙烯,高分子量高密度 聚乙烯等;聚丙烯,雙軸定向聚丙烯;聚苯乙烯,雙軸定 向聚苯乙烯;乙烯樹脂膜包括聚氯乙烯,(氯乙烯-共-乙 酸乙烯酯)共聚物,聚偏二氯乙烯,聚乙烯醇,(氯乙烯-共-偏二氯乙烯)共聚物,特用品膜包括聚楓,聚苯硫醚, 聚苯醚,液晶聚酯,聚醚酮,聚乙烯丁醛,等。 在製造具有聚(對酞酸乙二醇酯)外層和屏障聚合物內 層的層壓預成型料材料時,可經由依次注射模造技術製成 預成型料。第一步驟本創作第一預成型料段的注射模造。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ 297公釐) -31 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (27) It is a molten thermoplastic resin or monomer dispersion made of polyethylene or polypropylene. Sometimes it is padded with nylon, polyester and PVC. For roll coating of water strip acrylic urethane and PVDC, the dispersion is polymerized to the most appropriate crystallinity and molecular weight before coating. Various thermoplastic resins are also used. These materials include polyacrylonitrile, poly (acrylonitrile-co-butadiene-co-styrene) polymers, acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate, poly-n-butyl acrylate, poly (ethylene- Co-acrylic acid>, poly (ethylene-co-methacrylate), etc .; Saifan, celluloses include cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate Esters and cellulose triacetates, etc .; fluoropolymers include polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon), poly (ethylene-co-tetrafluoroethylene) copolymers, (tetrafluoroethylene-co-propylene) copolymers, Polyfluoroethylene polymers, etc. Polyamines such as nylon 6, nylon 6,6, etc .; polycarbonates, polyesters such as poly (ethylene-co-terephthalate), poly (ethylene-co- 1,4-dicarboxylic acid esters), poly (butene-co-terephthalate); polyimide materials; polyethylene materials including low density polyethylene; linear low density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, High molecular weight, high density polyethylene, etc .; polypropylene, biaxially oriented polypropylene; polystyrene, biaxially oriented polystyrene; ethylene resin film including poly Ethylene, (vinyl chloride-co-vinyl acetate) copolymers, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, (vinyl chloride-co-vinylidene chloride) copolymers, special product films include polymaple, polyphenylene sulfide , Polyphenylene ether, liquid crystal polyester, polyetherketone, polyvinyl butyraldehyde, etc. When manufacturing laminated preform materials with a poly (ethylene terephthalate) outer layer and a barrier polymer inner layer, The preform is made by sequential injection molding technology. The first step is to create the injection mold for the first preform section. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm) -31-( (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五Λ發明説明(28) 該預成型料段可包括屏障聚合物或聚對酞酸乙二醇酯容器 材料。該預成型料可即轉移到第二站於其中將輔助聚合物 注射模造到預成型料的內部(PET內側的屏障聚合物)或形 成在預成型料的外部(PET覆蓋屏障聚合物)。這種多步驟 形成也可以在具有可進行彼等注射模造操作的恰當內部操 作組件之單一機器上完成。在操作中的階段之間,預成型 料必須冷卻到足Μ促成成功的製造之溫度。需要時可Μ使 用附加層,不過,較佳的容器為兩層構造者。然後對兩層 或更多層預成型料進行再加熱吹塑操作。該預成型料係經 再加熱到一合適溫度足供促成吹塑成所欲形狀者。不僅該 吹塑操作可達到諸層的雙軸定向,藉此改良強度,而且可 產生所欲終端產物,及必要時的成型底部。 於吹塑操作中,熱源係用於瓶子預成型料的內部或外 部周圍Μ達到恰當的吹塑溫度。於較佳實施例中,成份注 模成的預成型料再接受最後成型操作,包括在典型地爲95 -1501C的高吹塑溫度經由拉伸吹塑所進行的雙軸向定向。 合意者為跨越諸熱塑膠層有一等溫溫度分佈。吹塑溫度必 須足Μ達到兩種熱塑性樹脂都有令人滿意的吹塑。 環糊精物質可摻加到屏障纖維素片上,其可經由用含 著有效量環糊精或經取代環糊精的液體塗被組成物塗被該 纖維素片或含有纖維素層的類似結構物。彼等塗被組成物 典型地係用液體介質形成者。液體介質可包括水性介質或 有機溶劑介質。水性介質典型地係經由用水與添加劑和能 夠形成有用的可塗被水性分散液之成份組合而形成的。Μ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) -32 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 Five Λ Description of Invention (28) The preform section may include barrier polymers or polyethylene terephthalate container materials. The preform can then be transferred to a second station where the auxiliary polymer is injection molded into the interior of the preform (the barrier polymer inside the PET) or formed outside the preform (the PET covers the barrier polymer). This multi-step formation can also be done on a single machine with appropriate internal operating components that can perform their injection molding operations. Between stages in operation, the preform must be cooled to a temperature sufficient to facilitate successful manufacturing. Additional layers can be used when needed, however, the preferred container is a two-layer construction. Two or more layers of the prepreg are then subjected to a reheat blow molding operation. The preform is reheated to a suitable temperature sufficient to facilitate blow molding into the desired shape. Not only does this blow molding operation achieve biaxial orientation of the layers, thereby improving strength, but it also produces the desired end product and, if necessary, the molded bottom. In the blow molding operation, the heat source is used to reach the proper blow molding temperature around the inside or outside of the bottle preform. In a preferred embodiment, the component-molded prepreg is subjected to a final molding operation, including biaxial orientation via stretch blow molding at a high blow molding temperature, typically 95-1501C. It is desirable to have an isothermal temperature distribution across the thermal plastic layers. The blow molding temperature must be sufficient to achieve satisfactory blow molding for both thermoplastic resins. The cyclodextrin material can be incorporated into the barrier cellulose sheet, which can be coated with the cellulose sheet or a similar structure containing a cellulose layer by applying a liquid coating composition containing an effective amount of cyclodextrin or substituted cyclodextrin Thing. These coating compositions are typically formed from a liquid medium. The liquid medium may include an aqueous medium or an organic solvent medium. Aqueous media are typically formed by combining water with additives and ingredients capable of forming a useful coatable aqueous dispersion. Μ This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -32-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(29) 有機溶劑為基質的溶劑条分散液可以用已知的對應溶劑基 質塗料技術予Μ製成。 在形成本發明屏障層中,可在膜上形成塗料,其隨後 層壓在一膜上,其隨後層壓在纖維質片上或可塗被在纖維 素片上形成一膜。彼等塗被方法包括將液體施加到移送中 的纖維質片上。彼等塗被方法一般使用具有一塗加段和一 計量段的機器。小心地控制塗被量和塗層厚度可得最適化 的屏障層而不浪費材料。有許多塗被機器係已知者例如張 力敏感性塗被器,例如使用計量棒的塗被器,張力不敏感 性塗被站其即使在片的張力變異時也可保持住塗層重量, 刷塗方法,空氣刀塗被器,等。彼等塗被機可用來塗被柔 靭性膜的一或兩側或纖維素ϋ的一或兩側。 上述塗被機常施加的液體組成物中含有膜形成性物質 ,可幫肋形成和維持塗被組成物的添加劑及有效量的環糊 精或經取代環糊精。膜形成性物質常稱為黏合劑。彼等黏 合劑在最後塗層中係Μ高分子量聚合物形式存在。可Μ使 用熱塑性聚合物或交聯性聚合物。彼等黏合劑係經分組成 包含重昼類別者包括壓克力,乙烯樹脂,烷基樹脂,聚酯 等。此外,上逑組成物為可用Μ形成聚合物膜的物質,其 亦具有可用於形成水性和溶劑性塗被組成物之對應物質。 彼等塗被組成物可經由將液體介質與含有聚合物,環糊精 和各種有用添加劑的固體物質組合而製成。一般而言,環 糊精物質係Μ固體成份的一部份加到塗被組成物中。塗被 組成物中所含固體可含有Μ溶劑条分散組成物中的總固體 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -33 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(30) 計算為約0.01至約10重量%的環糊精化合物,較佳者約 0.1重量%至5重量%,最佳者約0.1重量%至約2重量% 的環糊精物質。 可用的屏障層也可Μ經由在預成型料或已成型容器的 內部塗被塗層而製成,該塗層典型地係用含改質環糊精物 質的有用聚合物物質之水分散液或懸浮液製成者。於一較 佳方法中,係將預成型料或容器加熱到40°至80°C後,用 聚合物水分散液塗被,再乾燥。 塗料係在40°至100¾,較佳者50至90°C溫度下施加的 。若溫度低於40Ό時,比在室溫塗被預成型料較不利,只 能得到非常薄,約3微米厚度,不足黏著性之塗層。若將 預成型料加熱到90°C Μ上時,可能誘導出結晶而在吹塑操 作中損及預成型料變成雙軸定向容器的合適轉變且會因模 造應變的不均勻鬆弛結果導致容器杻曲。 雖則有需要防止預成型料中因加熱引起的不當主體結 晶度,不過經由用適當溶劑,例如丁削(甲基乙基酬)預處 理預成型料促成表面結晶可能有利。彼等處理導致表面粗 糙性,其有肋於隨後施加到塗料牢固到預成型料上。其效 應正比於處理的時間和溫度,且使用例如丁酮時,在40 ° 至901C處理1至2分鐘可得到細鳞片(約1微米)粗糙性, 伴隨箸明確形成的微球粒構造其從表面向內延展30至50微 米 。 可Μ使用的其他溶劑包括丙酮,氯仿,乙酸乙酯,間 -甲酚和三氯乙烯。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -34 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (29) Organic solvent-based solvent strip dispersions can be made by using known solvent-based coating technology. In forming the barrier layer of the present invention, a coating may be formed on a film, which is then laminated on a film, which is then laminated on a fibrous sheet or may be coated on a cellulose sheet to form a film. Their coating methods include applying liquid to the cellulosic sheet being transferred. Their coating methods generally use machines having a coating section and a metering section. Careful control of the coating amount and coating thickness results in an optimized barrier layer without wasting material. There are many coating machines known such as tension-sensitive applicators, such as applicators using metering rods. The tension-insensitive coating station can maintain the coating weight even when the tension of the sheet varies. Application method, air knife applicator, etc. These coaters can be used to coat one or both sides of a flexible film or one or both sides of a cellulose pad. The liquid composition often applied by the above coater contains a film-forming substance, an additive that can help the ribs form and maintain the coating composition, and an effective amount of cyclodextrin or substituted cyclodextrin. Membrane-forming substances are often called adhesives. These adhesives are present in the form of high molecular weight polymers in the final coating. Thermoplastic polymers or cross-linkable polymers can be used. These adhesives are grouped into groups that include heavy-duty categories including acrylic, vinyl, alkyl resin, polyester, etc. In addition, the upper surface composition is a substance that can form a polymer film, and it also has a corresponding substance that can be used to form an aqueous and solvent coating composition. Their coating compositions can be made by combining a liquid medium with a solid substance containing a polymer, cyclodextrin and various useful additives. Generally, the cyclodextrin substance is a part of the solid component of M added to the coating composition. The solids contained in the coating composition may contain the total solids in the dispersing composition of the solvent strip. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -33-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling This page) Order 490477 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (30) Calculated as about 0.01 to about 10% by weight of the cyclodextrin compound, preferably about 0.1% to 5% by weight The most preferred is from about 0.1% to about 2% by weight of a cyclodextrin substance. A useful barrier layer can also be made by applying a coating on the inside of a prepreg or a shaped container, the coating typically being an aqueous dispersion of a useful polymeric substance containing a modified cyclodextrin substance or Suspension maker. In a preferred method, the preform or container is heated to 40 ° to 80 ° C, coated with an aqueous polymer dispersion, and then dried. The coating is applied at a temperature of 40 ° to 100 °, preferably 50 to 90 ° C. If the temperature is lower than 40 ° C, it is more unfavorable than coating the preform at room temperature. Only a very thin, about 3 micron thick, coating with insufficient adhesion can be obtained. If the preform is heated to 90 ° C, crystals may be induced and the proper transformation of the preform into a biaxially oriented container may be impaired during the blow molding operation, and the container may be caused by uneven relaxation of the molding strain. song. Although there is a need to prevent improper crystallinity of the body due to heating in the preform, it may be advantageous to promote surface crystallization by pretreating the preform with a suitable solvent, such as butyl (methyl ethyl ester). These treatments result in surface roughness, which is ribbed upon subsequent application to the coating to secure it to the prepreg. Its effect is proportional to the time and temperature of the treatment, and when using, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, the coarseness of fine scales (about 1 micron) can be obtained by treating at 40 ° to 901C for 1 to 2 minutes. The surface extends inwardly from 30 to 50 microns. Other solvents that can be used include acetone, chloroform, ethyl acetate, m-cresol and trichloroethylene. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) -34-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order

490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 i、發明説明(31) 經由在40至90°C範圍內的溫度下塗被,可在單一塗被 步驟中產生具有較大厚度,如在20至30徹米级次者之黏附 且均勻性塗層。若此塗層厚度不足時,可將經塗被預成型 料於乾燥後再塗被而得所需厚度。較佳者經塗被物件在施 加彼等後續塗被之前要再加熱到40至80°C。 為了避免非晶性PET在水分散液乾燥中受到不當加熱 而在PET預成型料中發展出結晶情形,該加熱較佳者係用 紅外線加熱器在10001C Μ下的溫度進行。在lOOOC Μ下的 操作溫度,輻射可被水分散液中的水所吸收而不會對PET 預成型料本身不當地加熱:水因此係作為對抗紅外輻射的 過濾器。 於乾燥步驟中,可將預成型料或瓶子旋轉Μ提供均勻 的加熱且亦提供均勻厚度塗層。例如呈具有一封閉端的管 子形式之PET預成型料可裝置成使其縱軸呈水平並繞此縱 軸旋轉。 必要時可在PET上連繙施加多重塗層。例如可將預成 型料或瓶子安裝成使其縱軸呈水平並繞此縱軸旋轉。在其 旋轉時,先用紅外線加熱器將其加熱到40°至901C,然後 從塗被點,如軟質刮刀,摭取水分散液塗料,接著蒸掉水 ,再用裝置在鄰接旋轉物件的一或多個紅外加熱器將經塗 被預成型料加熱到40°至90°C使得塗層乾燥並將預成型料 在預成型料迴轉一圈之前予Μ再加熱:如此在一圈轉完時 剛好達到塗被點,而在已乾燥塗層上施加另一層水分散液 塗層。如此可在預成型料上形成螺旋形式的多層塗層。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ,ιτ490477 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 i. Description of the invention (31) By coating at a temperature in the range of 40 to 90 ° C, it can be produced in a single coating step with a large thickness, such as 20 Adhesive and uniform coatings up to 30 meters. If the thickness of the coating is insufficient, the coated preform can be dried and then coated to obtain the required thickness. Preferably, the coated objects are heated to 40 to 80 ° C before applying their subsequent coatings. In order to prevent the amorphous PET from being improperly heated in the drying of the aqueous dispersion and developing crystallization in the PET preform, the heating is preferably performed using an infrared heater at a temperature of 10001 CM. At an operating temperature of 100 ° C, the radiation can be absorbed by the water in the aqueous dispersion without improperly heating the PET preform itself: water therefore acts as a filter against infrared radiation. During the drying step, the preform or bottle can be rotated to provide uniform heating and also provide a uniform thickness coating. For example, a PET prepreg in the form of a tube having a closed end may be arranged so that its longitudinal axis is horizontal and rotates about this longitudinal axis. If necessary, multiple coatings can be applied on PET. For example, the preform or bottle can be mounted so that its longitudinal axis is horizontal and rotated about this longitudinal axis. When it is rotating, it is first heated to 40 ° to 901C with an infrared heater, and then the water dispersion coating is picked up from the coating point, such as a soft doctor blade, and then the water is distilled off. Multiple infrared heaters heat the coated preform to 40 ° to 90 ° C to make the coating dry and reheat the preform before the preform rotates one turn: so that just after one turn The coating point is reached and another coating of the aqueous dispersion is applied on the dried coating. In this way, a multilayer coating in the form of a spiral can be formed on the prepreg. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), ιτ

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 _ B7___ 五、發明説明(32) 該塗層可Μ施加在內表面或外表面且可經由塗層或浸 塗來施加。 吾等發現所得瓶子係意欲用來裝磺酸飲料之情況中, 塗被内部特別有利。其可在飲料與瓶壁之間呈現一屏障層 且因此減低被聚對酞酸乙二醇酯本身吸收的二氧化碳量。 此可促成使用較薄的塗層Μ達到規定的二氧化磺損失。如 此,在某些情祝中,可Μ在預成型料内部採用一塗層,其 厚度只為施加到預成型料外側所需厚度之一半即可達到類 似的二氧化碳逸失量。 再者,於製造碳酸飲料容器時,二氧化碳有擴散經過 瓶壁的傾向而在一般時間後促使外塗層失去黏箸性而產生 起泡現象。相反地,在内表面上的塗層即始其黏著性因某 種理由失去也會被碳酸液體的壓力牢固地保持在定位。 聚合物分散液可為習用來在塑膠材料上施加屏障塗層 的任何者。較佳者其為偏二氯乙烯與丙烯睛及/或丙烯酸 甲酯視情況含有衍生自其他單體例如甲基丙烯酸甲酯,氯 乙烯,丙烯酸或依康酸所得單位的共聚物之水分散液。特 別有用的偏二氯乙烯共聚物為含有5至10重量%衍生自丙 烯睛及/或丙烯酸甲酯的單位,且視情況含有高達10重量 %衍生自不飽和羧酸例如丙烯酸的單位者。該分散液較佳 者可含界面活性劑例如烷基磺酸鈉。 本發明容器可用來分配多種飲料包括牛奶(撇乳,1% ,2%,巧克力 >,橘子汁,碳酸飲料,水,調味水,碳酸 水,啤酒,混合酒精飲料,蒸餾酒精,酒,200標準酒精 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) -36 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 _ B7___ V. Description of the invention (32) The coating can be applied on the inner or outer surface and can be applied by coating or dip coating. We have found that the coating inside is particularly advantageous where the resulting bottle is intended to be used for a sulfonic acid beverage. It can present a barrier layer between the beverage and the bottle wall and thus reduce the amount of carbon dioxide absorbed by the polyethylene terephthalate itself. This can lead to the use of a thinner coating M to achieve the specified sulphur dioxide loss. In this way, in some cases, a coating can be used inside the preform, the thickness of which is only half of the required thickness applied to the outside of the preform to achieve a similar amount of carbon dioxide escape. Furthermore, in the manufacture of carbonated beverage containers, carbon dioxide tends to diffuse through the bottle wall, and after a certain period of time, the outer coating layer is caused to lose adhesion and foaming occurs. In contrast, the coating on the inner surface will be firmly held in place by the pressure of the carbonic acid liquid even if its adhesion is lost for some reason. The polymer dispersion may be any one conventionally used to apply a barrier coating to a plastic material. Preferably it is an aqueous dispersion of a copolymer of vinylidene chloride and acryl and / or methyl acrylate optionally containing units derived from other monomers such as methyl methacrylate, vinyl chloride, acrylic acid or itaconic acid . Particularly useful vinylidene chloride copolymers are those containing 5 to 10% by weight of units derived from acrylic and / or methyl acrylate, and optionally up to 10% by weight of units derived from unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid. The dispersion may preferably contain a surfactant such as sodium alkylsulfonate. The container of the present invention can be used to dispense a variety of beverages including milk (skimming, 1%, 2%, chocolate >, orange juice, carbonated beverage, water, flavored water, carbonated water, beer, mixed alcoholic beverage, distilled alcohol, alcohol, 200 Standard Alcohol This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297 mm) -36-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明(33) 或絕對酒精;果汁例如蘋果,蕃茄,梨,等;蒸餾水,等 等。 圓忒 > 譁細說明 第1圖為各種環糊精分子尺寸的概念表達之一般等軸 圖。第1圖示出C(,/3,和7環糊精,其中包括環糊精環 外部尺寸及可作為滲透物或聚合物雜質的捕捉部位之內部 孔洞容積尺寸。從第1圖可看出第一和第二羥基存在於圓 形邊緣。此點可推測環糊精內部係相對地疏水性者且適宜 用來複合和裝入疏水性分子。 第2圖為實質透明的兩升裝磺酸飲料容器之側視圖。 該容器20通常包括一體部22,底部24和蓋部26。容器的整 値形狀係在熱塑膠吹塑操作中形成的。底部24係在瓶子製 造中形成的自支撐性底。彼等瓶子可包含一第二層,其可 為在型坯形成中所形成的有第二種熱塑膠材料之型坯所製 備成者,或爲從液體塗料衍生成者。該液體塗料可為型坯 塗料或瓶子塗料。 前面的討論蘭述在本發明物質所具屏障和捕捉性質之 下的各種應用實施例。下面的實施例和數據則進一行舉例 說明本發明且包括最佳方式。 作為飲料容器的模型,我們製造膜件並撿驗該膜件的 屏障性質,我們發現環糊精物質可順利地熔融摻加到熱塑 膠材料內導致環糊精物質均勻地分散在整個熱塑膠内之透 明可擠壓熱塑膠材料。此外,我們更發現環糊精衍生物可 與廣多種熱塑性膜組合。環糊精物質可用廣範圍的環糊精 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -37 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)490477 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (33) or absolute alcohol; fruit juices such as apples, tomatoes, pears, etc .; distilled water, etc. Amaranth > Explanation of details Figure 1 is a general isometric diagram of the conceptual expression of various cyclodextrin molecular sizes. Figure 1 shows C (, / 3, and 7 cyclodextrin, which includes the external dimensions of the cyclodextrin ring and the internal pore volume size that can be used as a capture site for permeate or polymer impurities. As can be seen from Figure 1 The first and second hydroxyl groups are present at the rounded edges. It can be inferred that the cyclodextrin is relatively hydrophobic inside and is suitable for complexing and loading hydrophobic molecules. Figure 2 shows a substantially transparent two-liter sulfonic acid. Side view of a beverage container. The container 20 generally includes a one-piece portion 22, a bottom portion 24, and a lid portion 26. The shape of the container is formed during a thermoplastic blow molding operation. The bottom portion 24 is self-supporting during bottle manufacturing Bottom. Their bottles may include a second layer, which may be prepared from a parison having a second thermoplastic material formed in the formation of the parison, or derived from a liquid coating. The liquid coating It can be a parison coating or a bottle coating. The foregoing discussion outlines various application examples under the barrier and capture properties of the substances of the present invention. The following examples and data illustrate the invention in a row and include the best mode As a beverage container Model, we made the membrane and inspected the barrier properties of the membrane. We found that the cyclodextrin substance can be smoothly melted and incorporated into the thermoplastic material, causing the cyclodextrin substance to be uniformly dispersed throughout the transparent plastic. Extruding thermoplastic materials. In addition, we have found that cyclodextrin derivatives can be combined with a wide variety of thermoplastic films. Cyclodextrin substances can be used with a wide range of cyclodextrin. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297) %) -37-(Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)

、1T, 1T

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(34) 濃度摻加到膜中。含環糊精的熱塑性材料可吹塑成不同厚 度的膜且可在無熔融碎裂或其他的膜或片材變異之情況下 吹塑。我們在實驗中發現使用環糊精衍生物技術可K達到 對芳烴,脂烴,乙醇和水蒸氣的屏障性質,亦即透過率減 低。我們也發現使用環糊精物質可改良膜的表面性質。膜 的表面張力和表面電性質也可獲得改良。彼等性質增加了 本發明膜在塗被,印刷,層壓,裝卸,等的利用性。於初 始硏究中我們也發現⑴有幾種改質環糊精選用物可與LLDPE 相容且殘留LLDPE揮發物雜質的良好複合作用及減低有機 滲透物擴散經過膜。⑵未經改質的)3 CD會不利地影響膜的 透明性,熱安定性,機械加工性,和屏障性質。相反地, 經選出的經改質/S CD (乙醯化和三甲基矽烷基醚衍生物〉對 透明性和熱安定性沒有影響。擠壓塑膠材料的機械加工性 頗被影響而造成某些表面缺陷,由是降減膜的屏障性質。 (3)含有經改質/3 CD組成物(1重量% >的膜可在72T (22.22 °C)減少滲透物35%且在105°F(40.56O)減少38% ;在72 °F (22.221C )只減少脂族滲透物9 %。若不使用最壞情況 擱置壽命檢驗條件來撿驗膜件時,這些結果會明顯地改進 。⑷對於芳族和脂族滲透物各有不同的複合速率。含改質 /3 CD的膜對於芳族摻透物(汽油類化合物)的複合速率比對 脂族者(印刷油墨類化合物)較爲佳。相反地,膜塗層於脂 族化合物的錯合明顯地比對芳族化合物者較為佳。⑸含 /3 CD的壓克力塗層為卓越的表演者,其可將脂族滲透物從 46%減低到88%,而將芳族滲透物減少29%。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) - 38 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂· 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(35 ) 件暫h的製備 初始時,我們製造四種實驗檢驗膜模型。其中三種膜 含有裝料量分別為1 %,3 %和5 % (重量/重量)的/3 -環糊精泠CD而第四種為對照膜係用相同批料的樹脂和添加 劑但無泠CD所製成者。用5%轉料量的/3 CD膜撿驗殘留有 機物在檢驗膜中的複合作用。雖則/3 CD經發現可K有效地 複合線型低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)樹脂中的殘留有機物,不 過其卻與該樹脂不相容且形成々CI)粒子黏聚物。 我們評估過9種經改質環糊精和一種經硏磨環糊精 (粒徑5至20微米)。該等不同的環糊精改質為乙醯基化, 辛基丁二酸酯,乙氧基己基•環氧丙基醚,第四胺,第三 胺,羧甲基,丁二醯化,兩性及三甲基矽烷基醚。每一實 驗環糊精(1%裝料量,重量/重量)與低密度聚乙烯( LLDPE)使用Littleford混煉機混合後用雙螺桿Brabender 擠壓機予Μ擠壓。 將九種經改質環糊精和硏磨環糊精LLDPE型樣置於光 學顯微鏡下Μ 50Χ和200Χ放大率檢査。顯微鏡撿查係用來 目視檢驗LLDPE樹脂與環糊精之間的相容性。於所檢驗的 十種環糊精選用物中,目視發現有三種(乙醯基化,辛基 丁二酸酯和三甲基矽烷基醚 > 可與LLDPE樹脂相容。 使用低溫捕捉程序來檢驗5 % /3 CD膜樣和分別含有1 % (wt/wU乙醯化/3 CI),辛基丁二酸酯/3 CD和三甲基矽烷 基醚/3 CD的三種經擠壓型樣Μ測量經複合的殘留膜揮發物 。該方法包括三道分開的步驟;前兩步驟係同時進行的而 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) -39 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣. -訂_ 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(36 ) 第三步驟為一種分離和偵檢揮發性有機化合物的儀器技術 ,係在隨後進行的。於第一步驟中,使用惰性純,無水氣 體從樣品中滌出揮發份。於氣提步驟中,將樣品置於120 υ下加熱。於分析之前刻,於樣品中添加代析樣(surrogate) (苯-ds)。苯-de係用為內QC代析樣Μ校正每一組檢驗數據 的回收率。第二步驟係經由將滌氣中的化合物冷凍在浸於 液氮阱中的頂部空間管瓶內Κ濃縮從樣品中取出的揮發份 。於氣提步驟結束時,將內標準樣(甲苯-de>直接注射到 頂部空間管瓶內並立即將管瓶蓋好。於樣品中間置著方法 和条統對照樣並Μ和樣品相同的方式來監測雜質。然後將 經濃縮的有機成份Μ加熱頂部空間高解析度氣體層析術/ 質譜測定法(HRGC/MS)。殘留揮發份分祈的結果列於下面 的表中: 表1 【品I定 相對於對照樣的 播發松複会% 5 % /3 CD吹膜 80 1 %乙醯化泠CD型樣 47 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1 %辛基丁二酸酯/3 CD型樣 0 1%三甲基矽烷基醚型樣 48 1 %硏磨/3 CD型樣 29 於這些初步篩選試驗中,/3 CD衍生物經證明可以有效 地複合製造實驗膜所用低密度聚乙烯樹脂內含的徼量揮發 性有機物。於CD裝載LLDPE膜中,約有80%有機揮 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α? Β7 五、發明説明(37) 發份被複合起來。不過,所有的/9 CD膜(1 %和5 % )都具 有變色(淡棕色)和異味。顔色和氣味問題據信是CD或CD中 的雜質直接分解之結果。在棕色膜樣中鑑定出兩種氣味活 性化合物(2-H夫喃醛和2-呋喃甲醇>。 於三種改質相容性CD選用物(乙醢化,辛基丁二酸酯 和三甲基矽烷基醚)之中,乙醸化和三甲基矽烷基醚CD都 證明可有效地複合LLDPE樹脂中內含的撤量揮發性有機物 。1%裝量的乙醢化和三甲基矽烷基醚(TMSE) /3 CD顯示可 複合約50%殘留LDPE有機揮發物,而辛基丁二酸酯CD則不 會複合殘留LLDPE樹脂揮發份。硏磨/3 CD則經發現比乙醯 化和TMSE改質/9 CD較不有效(28% )。 塑膠包裝材料全部都會與彼等所保護的食品有某些程 度的交互作用。塑膠包裝與食品的主要交互作用方式係透 過有機分子從環境滲移穿過聚合物膜進入包裝的頂部空間 而被食品所吸收。在貯存中,食品包裝的有機分子之滲移 或轉移會受環境條件例如溫度,貯存時間,與其他環境因 素(如,溫度,有機分子類別和濃度)所影響。滲移可能具 有品質(消費者抗拒)和毒性兩種影響。包裝膜檢驗的目的 為測量特殊屏障如何影響所包裝的個別食品之品質。為了 模擬對低水活性食品的加速擱置壽命檢驗,乃在72°F( 22.22°C )和105T (40.56°C )溫度,及60%相對濕度下進行 檢驗。這些溫度和濕度條件大概類似於在未控制的倉庫內 ,蓮送中和貯存中的條件。 若聚合物為濕氣敏感性者時,相對濕度可能影響膜的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -Μ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、τ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A 7 B7 ______ 五、發明説明(38) 性能,特別是在低水活性食品中。因為包裝膜在實際終端 使用條件中會在兩濕度極端分離,所Μ在膜的兩側都要控 制滲透裝置中的相對濕度。環境侧,代表包裝的外側,係 維持在60%相對濕度,而樣品側,代表裝箸低水活性產品 之包裝的內側則在0.25。 使用滲透物組合來測量CD的功能和效用。使用組合係 具實際性者,因汽油(主要為芳烴混合物)和印刷油墨溶劑 (主要為脂族烴混合物)都不是用單一化合物而是用化合物 的混合物形成者。 芳族滲透物含有乙醇(20 ΡΡίη),甲苯(3 ppm),對-二 甲苯(2 ppm),鄰-二甲苯(1 ppm),三甲基苯(0· 5 ppm〉和 禁(0.5 ppm)。脂族滲透物為一種市售漆溶劑摻合物,含 有約20種値別化合物,其量為20 ppm。 摻透撿驗裝置包括兩個玻璃滲透槽管或燒瓶,其內腔 為1200毫升(環境槽管或進料側)和300毫升(樣品槽管或滲 透側)。 實驗膜效用係在密閉容積滲透裝置內測量的。使用Μ 火焰游離偵檢器(FID)操作的高解析率氣體層析儀(HRGC) 來測量累積滲透物濃度隨時間之變化。從每一化合物的回 應因數計算樣品侧(食品側)的化合物濃度。濃度係Μ體積 /體積基礎表成份數每百萬份(ppm)。將膜的樣品側上之 累積滲透物濃度對時間檫繪起來。 我們製造四種實驗檢驗膜。其中三種膜含有裝料量分 別爲1 %,3 %和5 % (wt/wt)的/9 CD同時第四種為用相 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -42 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 獨477 五 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 發明説明(39) 同批料的樹脂和添加劑但無/3 CD所製成的對照膜。 此外也採取第二種實驗技術來測定夾置於兩對照側之 間的/3 CD是否會複合摻透過該膜的有機蒸氣。實驗係經由 將/9 CD稍微撒佈在兩對照膜片之間而進行。 撿驗顯示對照膜的表現比裝載/3 CD的膜較為佳。該滲 透試驗結果也顯明/3 CD裝載量越高,膜作為屏障的表現越 差。將)9 CD夾置於兩對照膜之間所得檢驗結果顯示該冷CD 在減少滲透蒸氣上的效用為不含/3 CD的對照樣之兩倍。此 實驗證實若膜的屏障品質在製造過程中不會改變到使該膜 成為較無效用的屏障時,CD確實可複合膜中的滲透有機蒸 氣。 在721^(22.22¾)脫除芳族滲透物上1% TMSE /3 CD膜 比U乙醯化/3 CD膜稍撤較佳(24%-對-26%),而添加更多的 CD顯得沒有改善。 對於在105T (40.56°C )的芳族滲透物,1% TMSE /3 CD 和1%乙醯化/3 CD在脫除芳族滲透物上比在72°F (22.22°C) 下更有效約13%。1% TMSE膜再度比1%膜在脫除芳族滲透物 上稍微較佳(36¾-對31¾)。 在72°F (22.221C )的初期脫除脂族滲透物上,1% TMSE 膜比1%乙醯化/3 CD膜更為有效。但對於撿驗的持鏞,1¾ TMSE /3 CD比對照組較為差而1%乙醯化泠CD則只脫除6%的 脂族滲透物。 我們製備兩種實驗水性塗被溶液。一溶液含有羥乙基 θ CD (35重量而另一溶液含有羥丙基冷CD (35重量% )。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -43 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (34) The concentration is added to the membrane. Cyclodextrin-containing thermoplastic materials can be blown into films of different thicknesses and can be blown without melt cracking or other film or sheet variations. We found in experiments that the cyclodextrin derivative technology can achieve the barrier properties of para-aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons, ethanol, and water vapor, that is, reduced transmittance. We have also found that the use of cyclodextrin materials can improve the surface properties of membranes. The surface tension and surface electrical properties of the film can also be improved. These properties increase the usability of the film of the present invention in coating, printing, lamination, handling, and the like. In the initial research, we also found that there are several modified cyclopaste selection materials that are compatible with LLDPE and have good compounding effects of residual LLDPE volatile impurities and reduce the diffusion of organic permeates through the membrane. (Unmodified) 3 CD adversely affects film transparency, thermal stability, machinability, and barrier properties. In contrast, the selected modified / SCD (acetylated and trimethylsilyl ether derivatives) have no effect on transparency and thermal stability. The machinability of the extruded plastic material is quite affected, resulting in a certain These surface defects are due to the reduced barrier properties of the membrane. (3) The membrane containing the modified / 3 CD composition (1% by weight >) can reduce permeate by 35% at 72T (22.22 ° C) and at 105 ° F (40.56O) was reduced by 38%; aliphatic permeates were reduced by only 9% at 72 ° F (22.221C). These results would be significantly improved if the membranes were not inspected using the worst-case shelf life inspection conditions. ⑷The recombination rate is different for aromatic and aliphatic permeate. The recombination rate of modified / 3CD film is higher for aromatic permeate (gasoline compound) than for aliphatic (printing ink compound). It is better. Conversely, the film coating is obviously better at the aliphatic compound than the aromatic compound. / 3 Acrylic coating with / 3 CD is an excellent performer, which can penetrate aliphatic Material is reduced from 46% to 88%, and aromatic permeate is reduced by 29%. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297mm)-38-(Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Customs · Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A7 B7 V. Preparation of the invention (35) temporary h Initially, we made four experimental membrane models. Three of these membranes contained 1%, 3%, and 5% (w / w) / 3-cyclodextrin CDs and the fourth was a control membrane. It is made by using the same batch of resin and additives but without ling CD. The compound effect of residual organic compounds in the test film was checked with a 5% CD film of / 3 CD. Although / 3 CD was found to be effective Residual organics in ground composite linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) resins, but they are incompatible with the resin and form 々CI) particle adhesives. We have evaluated 9 modified cyclodextrins and one warp Grinding cyclodextrin (particle size 5 to 20 microns). These different cyclodextrins are modified to ethylated, octyl succinate, ethoxyhexyl-epoxypropyl ether, fourth amine, Tertiary amine, carboxymethyl, succinate, amphoteric and trimethylsilyl ether. Cyclodextrin (1% Amount, weight / weight) and low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) are mixed with a Littleford mixer and extruded with a twin-screw Brabender extruder. Nine modified cyclodextrin and honing cyclodextrin LLDPE The samples were placed under M 50 × and 200 × magnification inspection under a light microscope. The microscope inspection is used to visually check the compatibility between LLDPE resin and cyclodextrin. In the ten kinds of cyclodextrin selected products, visual inspection Three types (ethylated, octyl succinate and trimethylsilyl ether) were found to be compatible with LLDPE resins. Use low temperature capture procedures to test 5% / 3/3 CD film samples and those containing 1% (wt / wU acetylated / 3 CI), octyl succinate / 3 CD and trimethylsilyl ether / 3 CD, respectively. Three extruded patterns M measured composite residual film volatiles. This method includes three separate steps; the first two steps are performed simultaneously and the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -39-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)衣. -Order_ 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (36) The third step is an instrument technology for separating and detecting volatile organic compounds, which is carried out subsequently. In the first step, volatiles are purged from the sample using inert pure, anhydrous gas. During the stripping step, the sample is heated at 120 υ. Immediately before analysis, surrogate (benzene-ds) was added to the sample. Benzene-de was used to correct the recovery of each set of test data for internal QC analysis. The second step is to concentrate the volatiles from the sample by freezing the compounds in the scrubber in a headspace vial immersed in a liquid nitrogen trap. At the end of the stripping step, the internal standard (toluene-de) was injected directly into the headspace vial and the vial was immediately capped. A method and a strip control were placed in the middle of the sample and the same way as the sample was Monitor impurities. The concentrated organic component M is then heated in the headspace high-resolution gas chromatography / mass spectrometry (HRGC / MS). The results of the residual volatiles are listed in the following table: Table 1 [品 I Relative to the control sample, the broadcast rate will be restored.% 5% / 3 CD blown film 80 1% Ethyl chloride CD type 47 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) 1% octyl succinate / 3 CD type 0 1% trimethylsilyl ether type 48 1% honing / 3 CD type 29 In these preliminary screening tests, the / 3 CD derivative was It is proved that it can effectively compound the amount of volatile organic compounds contained in the low-density polyethylene resin used in the experimental film. About 80% of the organic paper in the CD-loaded LLDPE film is compatible with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297) Mm) 490477 Employees of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Fei Cooperatives Α? B7 5. Invention Description (37) The hair distribution is compounded. However, all of the / 9 CD films (1% and 5%) have discoloration (light brown) and off-flavors. Color and odor problems are reported according to It is believed to be the result of the direct decomposition of the impurities in CD or CD. Two odor-active compounds (2-H-furanal and 2-furanmethanol) were identified in the brown film samples. Among the three modified CD-compatible compounds (Acetylated, octyl succinate, and trimethylsilyl ether), both acetylated and trimethylsilyl ether CD have proven to be effective in compounding the amount of volatile organic compounds contained in LLDPE resins. .1% loading of acetylation and trimethylsilyl ether (TMSE) / 3 CD shows that it can compound about 50% residual LDPE organic volatiles, while octyl succinate CD does not compound residual LLDPE resin volatilization. Servings. Honed / 3 CD was found to be less effective (28%) than Acetylation and TMSE Modified / 9 CD. All plastic packaging materials have some degree of interaction with the food they protect. Plastic The main interaction between packaging and food is through the penetration of organic molecules from the environment through polymer membranes. The headspace of the package is absorbed by the food. During storage, the migration or transfer of organic molecules in the food package is affected by environmental conditions such as temperature, storage time, and other environmental factors (eg, temperature, organic molecule type and concentration). Impact. Bleeding may have both quality (consumer resistance) and toxicity effects. The purpose of the packaging film inspection is to measure how special barriers affect the quality of individual foods packaged. In order to simulate accelerated shelf life testing of low water active foods, Inspection is performed at 72 ° F (22.22 ° C) and 105T (40.56 ° C) and 60% relative humidity. These temperature and humidity conditions are probably similar to those in uncontrolled warehouses, during lotus delivery, and during storage. If the polymer is moisture sensitive, the relative humidity may affect the paper size of the film. Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)-M (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). τ Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490477 A 7 B7 ______ V. Description of the invention (38) Performance, especially in low water active foods. Because the packaging membrane is extremely separated at two humidity levels in actual end-use conditions, the relative humidity in the osmosis device must be controlled on both sides of the membrane. The environmental side represents the outside of the package and is maintained at 60% relative humidity, while the sample side represents the inside of the package containing the low water active product at 0.25. Permeate combinations were used to measure the function and utility of CD. It is practical to use a combination system, because gasoline (mainly aromatic hydrocarbon mixture) and printing ink solvent (mainly aliphatic hydrocarbon mixture) are not formed by using a single compound but a mixture of compounds. Aromatic permeate contains ethanol (20 PP), toluene (3 ppm), p-xylene (2 ppm), o-xylene (1 ppm), trimethylbenzene (0.5 ppm), and ban (0.5 ppm ). Aliphatic penetrant is a commercially available lacquer solvent blend containing about 20 perineum compounds in an amount of 20 ppm. The penetrant inspection device includes two glass permeation tubes or flasks with an internal cavity of 1200 Milliliter (environment tank tube or feed side) and 300 milliliter (sample tank tube or permeate side). Experimental membrane effectiveness was measured in a closed volume permeation device. High resolution operation using Μ Flame Free Detector (FID) operation Gas chromatograph (HRGC) to measure the cumulative permeate concentration over time. Calculate the compound concentration on the sample side (food side) from the response factor of each compound. The concentration is based on the volume / volume of the basic table components per million parts. (Ppm). Plot the cumulative permeate concentration on the sample side of the membrane versus time. We make four experimental inspection membranes. Three of these membranes contain 1%, 3%, and 5% (wt / wt) loadings. ) Of the / 9 CD and the fourth is a photo paper scale suitable for China Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297mm) -42-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order 477 Five printed by the Central Standards Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 Invention Description (39) Same Control film made of batch resin and additives but without / 3 CD. In addition, a second experimental technique was also used to determine whether / 3 CD sandwiched between two control sides would be compounded with organic vapors that penetrated the film. The experiment was performed by slightly spreading the / 9 CD between the two control membranes. The test showed that the control membrane performed better than the membrane loaded with / 3 CD. The results of the penetration test also showed that The higher the performance of the membrane as a barrier, the worse the performance of the 9 CD sandwiched between two control membranes. The cold CD has twice the effectiveness of reducing permeation vapor than the control without / 3 CD. This experiment confirms that if the barrier quality of the membrane does not change during the manufacturing process to make the membrane a more ineffective barrier, CD can indeed penetrate the organic vapor in the composite membrane. On 721 ^ (22.22¾) removal of aromatic permeate, 1% TMSE / 3 CD film is slightly better than U acetylated / 3 CD film (24% -to -26%), and more CD is added Does not seem to improve. For aromatic permeate at 105T (40.56 ° C), 1% TMSE / 3 CD and 1% acetidized / 3 CD are more effective at removing aromatic permeate than at 72 ° F (22.22 ° C) About 13%. The 1% TMSE membrane is again slightly better at removing aromatic permeate than the 1% membrane (36¾-to 31¾). At 72 ° F (22.221C) in the initial removal of aliphatic permeate, a 1% TMSE membrane is more effective than a 1% acetidized / 3 CD membrane. However, 1 ¾ TMSE / 3 CD was inferior to the control group in the examination, while 1% acetic acid CD only removed 6% of the aliphatic permeate. We prepared two experimental aqueous coating solutions. One solution contains hydroxyethyl θ CD (35 weight) and the other solution contains hydroxypropyl cold CD (35 weight%). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -43-(please first (Read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

、11 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4〇) 兩種溶液都含有10%的壓克力乳液其包括具有分子量為約 150,000的聚丙烯酸(Poly sciences, Inc.)之分散液(15重 量%固體)作為膜形成性黏箸劑。用這些溶液經由將兩片 LLDPE膜層壓在一起Μ水塗撿驗膜樣。使用兩種不同的塗 被技術。第一種技術係非常輕微地拉伸兩膜樣到平坦,用 水滾筒施加塗料後,將膜拉平層壓在一起。Rev. 1樣品在 層壓程序中不拉伸。所有經塗被樣品最後都置於真空層壓 機中脫除兩膜片之間的氣泡。膜塗層厚度約為0.0005吋( .000127毫米)。這些CD塗被膜和羥甲基纖維素塗被對照膜 皆於隨後接受撿驗。 在先頭的幾個小時暴露於蒸氣中,羥乙基Θ CD塗層對 芳族和脂族蒸氣的減低都較為大但在後續20小時的檢驗中 遞減。羥乙基/3 CD塗被對脂族蒸氣的脫除高於對芳族蒸氣 的脫除;此據信是彼等分子尺寸的差異所致(亦即,脂族 化合物小於芳族化合物)。在20小時檢驗期間,脂族滲透 物對照樣減少46%。於17小時撿驗期間,芳族蒸氣比對照 樣減少29%。11.11 490477 A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (40) Both solutions contain 10% acrylic emulsion, which includes polyacrylic acid (Poly sciences, Inc. .) The dispersion (15% by weight solids) was used as a film-forming adhesive. These solutions were used to pick up film samples by laminating two LLDPE films together. Two different coating techniques were used. The first technique is to stretch the two films very slightly to a flat surface. After applying the paint with a water roller, the films are flattened and laminated together. Rev. 1 samples are not stretched during the lamination procedure. All coated samples were finally placed in a vacuum laminator to remove air bubbles between the two membranes. The film coating thickness is approximately 0.0005 inches (.000127 mm). These CD-coated and hydroxymethylcellulose-coated control films were subsequently tested. In the first few hours of exposure to steam, the reduction in aromatic and aliphatic vapors of the hydroxyethyl Θ CD coating was greater but decreased gradually during the next 20 hours of inspection. The removal of aliphatic vapors by hydroxyethyl / 3 CD coatings is higher than the removal of aromatic vapors; this is believed to be due to differences in their molecular sizes (i.e., aliphatic compounds are smaller than aromatic compounds). During the 20-hour test period, the aliphatic permeate control was reduced by 46%. During the 17-hour test period, aromatic vapors were reduced by 29% compared to the control.

Rev. 1塗被羥乙基PCD在20小時撿驗期間相對於對照 樣減少脂族滲透物87%。尚不知道是否塗被膜的方法促成 比另一羥乙基BCD塗被膜多出41%的減低率。 羥乙基BCD塗層在72T (22.22¾ >下對芳族滲透的脫除 率比羥丙基BCD塗層稍為較佳(29% -對-20% )。 大規模膜審驗 璟糊耩衍牛物:> 製備 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -44 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、11 k· 卿477 Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(u ) 審渝例I 得到每環糊精在第一 -0H基上含有3,4乙醯基的乙醯基 化/3 -環糊精。 審施例I /3 -環糊精的三甲基矽烷基醚 於裝設有4000-毫升圓底燒瓶的旋轉蒸發器和氮氣圍 中,Μ 100毫升N2/分的速率導入N2,置入三升的二甲基 甲醯胺。於二甲基甲醯胺中加入750克的/3 -環糊精。在 60Ό下將/3 -環糊精旋轉溶解到二甲基甲醯胺內。於溶解 後,從旋轉蒸發器取下燒瓶並將內容物冷卻到約18°C。將 燒瓶放在磁攪拌器上並放入攪拌棒後,加入295毫升的六 甲基二矽烷基哄(HMDS-Pierce Chemical No_84769),接 箸小心地加入97毫升的三甲基一氯矽烷(TMCS-Pierce Chemcial No. 88531)。該小心添加係經由小心地逐滴添加 初始20毫升的進料且在反應平息後,接著小心地添加後續 的20毫升部份,等直到完全添加為止。於TMCS的添加完畢 後,且在反應平息後,將燒瓶和其內容物放置在旋轉蒸發 器上,加熱到601C同時保持100毫升N2/分流經旋轉蒸發 器的惰性気氣圍流。反應持績4小時後,脫除溶劑,留下 308克的乾物質。過濾從燒瓶取出該物質,用去離子水洗 滌濾液Μ脫除矽烷化產物,真空烘箱乾燥(751C,0.3时Hg) 並Μ粉狀物質形式貯存並保持以供後續與熱塑膠材料調配 。後面的攝譜撿査顯示環糊精含有約1,7三甲基矽烷基 醚取代基/ /3 -環糊精分子。該取代顯得普遍發生於第一 6- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Φ 、1ΤRev. 1 coated hydroxyethyl PCD reduced aliphatic permeate by 87% relative to control during a 20-hour test. It is not known whether the coating method resulted in a 41% reduction rate over another hydroxyethyl BCD coating. The removal rate of hydroxyethyl BCD coating for aromatic penetration is slightly better than that of hydroxypropyl BCD coating at 72T (22.22¾ >) (29%--20%). Large-scale membrane inspection Cattle: > The size of this paper is prepared in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -44-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 11 k · qing 477 Α7 Β7 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Bureau of the Standards Bureau. 5. Description of Invention (u) Examination of Example I obtained that each cyclodextrin contained 3,4 ethylamidine / 3-cyclodextrin on the first -0H base. Example I / 3 / 3-cyclodextrin trimethylsilyl ether was placed in a rotary evaporator equipped with a 4000-ml round-bottomed flask and a nitrogen atmosphere, and M was introduced into N2 at a rate of N2 / min at 100 ml and three liters Dimethylformamide. Add 750 grams of / 3-cyclodextrin to dimethylformamide. Spin the 3- / 3-cyclodextrin into dimethylformamide at 60 ° C. After dissolution Remove the flask from the rotary evaporator and cool the contents to about 18 ° C. Place the flask on a magnetic stirrer and place in a stir bar, then add 295 ml of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS-Pierce Chemical No_84769), then carefully add 97 ml of trimethyl monochlorosilane (TMCS-Pierce Chemcial No. 88531). This careful addition is done by carefully adding the initial 20 ml of the feed dropwise and After the reaction has subsided, the subsequent 20 ml portion is carefully added until it is completely added. After the addition of TMCS is complete, and after the reaction has subsided, place the flask and its contents on a rotary evaporator and heat to At the same time, 601C kept 100 ml of N2 / split inert radon flowing through the rotary evaporator. After 4 hours of reaction, the solvent was removed, leaving 308 g of dry matter. The material was removed from the flask by filtration and washed with deionized water. The filtrate M was removed from the silylated product, dried in a vacuum oven (751C, 0.3 Hg) and stored in the form of a powdery substance for subsequent blending with thermoplastic materials. The subsequent spectroscopic examination showed that the cyclodextrin contained about 1, 7 Trimethylsilyl ether substituent / / 3 -cyclodextrin molecule. This substitution seems to occur in the first 6- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Φ, 1Τ

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(42 ) 碳原子。This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm) 490477 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 5. Description of the invention (42) carbon atom.

審渝例B 得到每分子在BCD的第一 6-0H基上有1· 5羥丙基之羥丙 基召-環糊精。Examination of Example B showed that each molecule had a hydroxypropyl-cyclodextrin of 1.5 hydroxypropyl group on the first 6-0H group of BCD.

啻掄例IV 得到每分子在BCD的第一 6-0H基上有1· 5羥乙基之羥乙 基/3 _環糊精。 的餺備 我們用線型低密度聚乙烯樹脂製備一条列膜件作為飲 料容器模型。使用BCD和衍化BCD例如/S -環糊精的乙醯化 或三甲基矽烷基衍生物。將聚合物粒子與粉末狀/3 -環糊 精和/3 -環糊精衍生物物質,氟聚合物潤滑劑(3M)和抗氧 化劑乾摻合到乾摻合物均勻為止。將乾摻合物在Haake System 90, 3/4”圓錐擠壓器中混合擠壓成九粒形式。收 集所得九粒供膜製備所用。 表1A顯示出典型的造粒擠壓機條件。膜係依下述吹塑 的。從第一模頭擠壓出一熱塑膠管。然後用第二模頭將該 管崩塌且用滾筒將其層壓為膜。之後將擠壓管用空氣在壓 力下從空氣輸入管吹入。將熱塑膠在擠壓機內熔化。擠壓 機溫度係在混合區的溫度。熔融溫度為熔融區內者而模頭 濕度為在模頭之内者。用來自冷郤環的空氣吹郤流將擠壓 物冷卻。前逑一般性說明為Kief el吹膜擠壓機,模頭直徑 40毫米,用於吹膜實際製備中的代表性說明。根據上述程 序製造膜並將其表於表I B中。用該膜在各種環境條件下 撿測穿透率。環境撿測條件列於下面的表Π之中。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂In Example IV, each molecule has hydroxyethyl / 3-cyclodextrin having 1.5 hydroxyethyl groups on the first 6-0H group of BCD. Preparation We use linear low-density polyethylene resin to prepare a row of film pieces as a model of a beverage container. BCD and acetylated or trimethylsilyl derivatives of BCD such as / S-cyclodextrin are used. Polymer particles were dry blended with powdered / 3-cyclodextrin and / 3-cyclodextrin derivative materials, a fluoropolymer lubricant (3M), and an antioxidant until the dry blend was uniform. The dry blend was mixed and extruded into nine pellets in a Haake System 90, 3/4 "conical extruder. The nine pellets were collected for film preparation. Table 1A shows typical pelletizing extruder conditions. Films It is blow-molded as follows. A hot plastic tube is extruded from the first die. The tube is then collapsed with a second die and laminated into a film with a roller. The extruded tube is then air-pressed under pressure Blow in from the air inlet tube. Melt the hot plastic in the extruder. The extruder temperature is the temperature in the mixing zone. The melting temperature is the melting zone and the die humidity is within the die. The air blowing flow of the cooling ring cools the extruded material. The general description of the former is a Kief el blown film extruder with a die diameter of 40 mm, which is used for the representative description of the actual production of the blown film. The film is manufactured according to the above procedure And the table is shown in Table IB. Use the film to test the transmittance under various environmental conditions. The environmental test conditions are listed in Table Π below. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

-46 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(43 )-46 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (43)

§1兹liig渐雜砘薛》 00 S 0 min lu)wa)c 37 150 0埘 0§ 1 Liig gradually mixed with Xue 00 S 0 min lu) wa) c 37 150 0 埘 0

Is 0 Λ 0 ·2·Is 0 Λ 0 · 2 ·

办一 160 0 Λ 273VO •3 溫 Λ® 镟®ΛίΠΓι (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 办一 170 0 Μ 0 4866涞丨掛 0 · 0 mkiQimin 114 I _ 11 5_ 姍ΙΑ0·5% TMSE 磙郄 1-19—94 0 0 -· SSJ S4>1 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 oc oo on psi 1VD8 rpm 0 % 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -47 - 490477 Α7Β7 五、發明説明(44 )Office 1 160 0 Λ 273VO • 3 Wen Λ® 镟 ®ΛίΠΓι (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Office 1 170 0 Μ 0 4866 涞 丨 Hang 0 · 0 mkiQimin 114 I _ 11 5_ shan ΙΑ0 · 5 % TMSE 磙 郄 1-19—94 0 0-· SSJ S4 > 1 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, oc oo on psi 1VD8 rpm 0% This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297) Mm) -47-490477 Α7Β7 V. Description of the invention (44)

an時 500 pp 曰 Irganox 1010^«i^sifnl000ppm^gaFosl68o 1ΟΛ 17 Η Η Η Η Η Η ⑺办 OJtO Η1 Ο V〇 00 Ο% tn rfk Ui hJ Η 雲00An hour 500 pp said Irganox 1010 ^ «i ^ sifnl000ppm ^ gaFosl68o 1ΟΛ 17

2 % Ex· II 2 t MX. II 500 ΡΌ3 500 ppm 422 {216boc} 422 {21σ\·6703 416 (213.330C) 415 {212 70002 K) Ο Ο Η ΜΗΗίΟΟΗΗΗΜΗ 雄 tn in in ycfj 妒肄#ρ_» pppp? Μ Μ Μ Μ ΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜ Μ Μ Μ Μ Μ Η Μ Η Η ιη αι υ« υι υιυΐϋΐιπιηιηιηαιοοιη Ο Ο Ο Ο ΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟ Ο Ο Ο Ο ΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟ *0»0*0>0 ΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌ Ό Ό Ό Ό ΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌΌ 彐彐彐彐 彐彐彐彐彐彐3彐彐彐彐 η to uj oj uitorotototOHt^i^i^ro O m Η Μ (ΟσνΗΜΜΜΟΟΗΜΜΟΟ ιο ro κ) κ> Μ Η ίο ίο Ο 00 Μ Η ο > · · Ο w σ» <η 一 w q ο ο ο ο ο ο •t^ |t^ Η »-* Η Η Ο U1 ιο ro ro W Η Η Μ Η ro ο ιο ιο {227 {227 H4 {21扔 (21crk {21<rk {21cn (218 U22 22。2 2203 440C} HHOnw 1102 lloc) 11。3 S®G 220c) {220。2 (227.220c) 办办办办办U)办|U办办办 hhooov〇oh»h*mo Lnooki^bJ^jinuiirkV/io%2% Ex · II 2 t MX. II 500 Ρ3 500 ppm 422 {216boc} 422 {21σ \ · 6703 416 (213.330C) 415 {212 70002 K) Ο Ο 〇 ΜΗΗίΟΟΗΗΗΜΗ Male tn in in ycfj 肄 # ρ_ »pppp ? Μ Μ Μ ΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜΜ Μ Μ Μ Μ Μ Μ Μ Μ Η Η ιη αι υ «υι υιυΐϋΐιπιηιηιηαιοοιη Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο gt Ο彐 彐 彐 彐 彐 3 彐 彐 彐 彐 η to uj oj uitorotototOHt ^ i ^ i ^ ro O m Μ Μ (ΟσνΗΜΜΜΟΟΗΜΜΟΟ ιο ro κ) κ > Μ Η ίο ίο Ο 00 Μ Η ο > · · Ο w σ » < η one wq ο ο ο ο ο ο • t ^ | t ^ Η »-* Η Η Ο U1 ιο ro ro W Η Μ Η ro ο ιο ιο {227 {227 H4 {21Throw (21crk {21 < rk {21cn (218 U22 22. 2 2203 440C} HHOnw 1102 lloc) 11. 3 S®G 220c) {220. 2 (227.220c) Offices Offices U) Offices | U Offices Office hhooov〇oh »h * mo Lnooki ^ bJ ^ jinuiirkV / io%

HHOOOOOfJMMO 7®ec) 70002 330c) 78。2 22。2 78。2 11。3 2。2 700OC) C) 78。2 22。2 780C) C} 2202 β^$0ί ii^ 11551涊LLFr .兹酆薛555 β … i ii = - - 1 I J --- φ(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ί5 (212.780C) 20·5 30035 4μ5{212· 780220·5 w®tJLn Η Η Η Η ΗΗΗΗΗΗΜίΟΙΟΙΟΟ Ln ui in υι rfkcnuiLnLn*u*t».〇〇〇cn ^ rotororo tororotototoroioiototo Η Η Η Η ΗΗΗΗΗΗΜΗΙ-»ΗΟ to to to to torototototorouiuiuio 7802 560C) 560C) 560C) 22。2 220C) 78。2 700OC} 780C) 7803 22。3 7802 780C) 70002 7802 N) to ro to uroiototororoKJiorotJ O GO «J Η νΟίΓνΟΟΌνονονονοοονοο (OVO^Ji/1 O^UJxJOOVOVOt/l^J^i u in in u> invncnuiininuiintninin 〇〇 〇 〇 v〇 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇HHOOOOOfJMMO 7®ec) 70002 330c) 78.22 22.2 78.2 11.3 2.2 700OC) C) 78.2 22.2 780C) C} 2202 β ^ $ 0ί ii ^ 11551 涊 LLFr. Xue 555 β… i ii =--1 IJ --- φ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5 (212.780C) 20 · 5 30035 4μ5 {212 · 780220 · 5 w®tJLn Η Η Η Η ΗΗΗΗΗΗΜίΟΙΟΙΟΟ Ln ui in υr rfkcnuiLnLn * u * t ».〇〇〇cn ^ rotororo tororotototororoioiototo Η Η Η ΗΗΗΗΗΗΜΗΙ-»-0 to totototototototototototototototototototototototototototoio 22.2 220C) 78.2 700OC} 780C) 7803 22.3 7802 780C) 70002 7802 N) to ro to uroiototororo KJiorotJ O GO «J Η νΟίΓνΟΟΌνονονονοοονοο (OVO ^ Ji / 1 O ^ UJxJOOVOVOt inl ^ u > invncnuiininuiintninin 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇

m I冢班 U)U>U>liJ U>U)U)U>U>tJUitJU>U>K} I ^q. oi in oi in ιηιηιηι/ΐΐηιηιηιηιηιη»^ i 蒎-B·埘is屮ss^ sisss鲥{ΓΓ 藏Φ埘趦4>1 減埘雒濉覷苺诹左 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ΪΒ遵陳藏(Exxon LL3201) --- 1- 48 490477 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(45 )m I Tsukuba U) U > U > liJ U > U) U) U > U > tJUitJU > U > K} I ^ q. oi in oi in ιηιηιηι / ΐΐηιηιηιηιηιηη ^^ i 蒎 -B · 埘 is 屮 ss ^ sisss 鲥 {ΓΓ Tibetan Φ 埘 趦 4 > 1 minus berry 诹 诹 The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) ΪΒ complies with Chen Tibet (Exxon LL3201) --- 1- 48 490477 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of Inventions (45)

ssss 58¾¾¾ s 翥 MMMMMM S15H 3S18H151518 MMM MMM MM MMMM M ^ S5SSS5 ss" --- -- --s- E 口ssss 58¾¾¾ s 翥 MMMMMM S15H 3S18H151518 MMM MMM MM MMMM M ^ S5SSS5 ss " ------s- E port

7 ppm^i薪笤 20 ppm ETOH 72 105 22.22 10S 办 0·ν1σ> 72 22.227 ppm ^ i salary 20 ppm ETOH 72 105 22.22 10S office 0 · ν1σ > 72 22.22

Rm % RH 0·25 AwRm% RH 0 · 25 Aw

Rm % RH • eo Aw 72 22·22 0.2s 72 22.22Rm% RH • eo Aw 72 22 · 22 0.2s 72 22.22

Hm V HH m 72 Π) 22·22 rH» (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ΦHm V HH m 72 Π) 22 · 22 rH »(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Φ

Rm 蠏 RH 谢I—iRm 蠏 RH 谢 I—i

、1T 00^ Km % RH 冰薪/¾ Rm % RH 冰薪\骤 S - S 冰薪\硪 30 t RHύίί^/Β Rm % RH 冰澈\s?' IS % RH 冰薪\騮 Rm % RH^t0\0 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21 OX 297公釐) -49 4904771T 00 ^ Km% RH ice salary / ¾ Rm% RH ice salary \ step S-S ice salary \ 硪 30 t RHύίί ^ / Β Rm% RH ice salary \ s? 'IS% RH ice salary \ 骝 Rm% RH ^ t0 \ 0 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (21 OX 297 mm) -49 490477

AA

7 B 明説 明發五 6 47 B Explanatory Note 5 5 4

7 ppm^i^^20ppmEToH 40 ppmm&ii 10% MX. Ill in PVdC 72 20% MX. Ill in pvao 5% MX· III/ 72 Is Ex· III/銪菰#7 72 銥颈#5 琎ls#oo BS12 72琎菰#15 IDIS藹薙菰#15 銪18#16 琎菰#17銪颈#15 105 φ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 22.22 22.22 22.22 22b ^α·ωω Π}7 ppm ^ i ^^ 20ppm EToH 40 ppmm & ii 10% MX. Ill in PVdC 72 20% MX. Ill in pvao 5% MX · III / 72 Is Ex · III / 铕 菰 # 7 72 iridium neck # 5 琎 ls # oo BS12 72 琎 菰 # 15 IDIS 蔼 薙 菰 # 15 铕 18 # 16 琎 菰 # 17 铕 eck # 15 105 φ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 22.22 22.22 22.22 22b ^ α · ωω Π}

Rm % RH Rm % RHRm% RH Rm% RH

Rrn % RH Urn % RHRrn% RH Urn% RH

Hm % UK R3% RHHm% UK R3% RH

0·25 Aw 60 % RH 匁3 % RH 为 m %50Λ #sn壅 §0 谢Π (纖)^—1 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 冰薪\職 冰窬\職 冰薪\職m&lw 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -50 - 490477 ! A7 j B7 五、發明説明(47) 檢驗結果顯示本發明在熱塑膠膜中包含相容性環糊精 物質可經由減低多種滲透物的透過率而實質地改良屏障性 質。顯示出透過率改良的數據列於下面的數據表中。 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公釐) (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)0 · 25 Aw 60% RH 匁 3% RH is m% 50Λ #sn 壅 §0 Thank Π (fiber) ^ — 1 Order the printed ice salary \ job ice cream \ job ice cream \ Job m & lw This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -50-490477! A7 j B7 V. Description of the invention (47) The inspection results show that the present invention contains compatibility in the thermoplastic film Cyclodextrin materials can substantially improve barrier properties by reducing the permeability of various permeates. The data showing the transmittance improvement are listed in the data table below. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 mm) (Read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

-51 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(48 ) ^00l.ocvcs-ool (銪菰#2)1.0«\ecs 丨 001 (銥菰#3) 1.0^ CS丨001 (銪菰#5)1.0c\®cs_001 (銥 M#6) 3.35W丨0办 3·18WI0办 2·01Μ—0办 2·(η7Ε 丨 0办 3.51W丨0办 #!0.: 4 /翁) 0«\° 5外 办0光 2S 丨5妒 3·79Ε丨S 3·61Ε丨0办 2.55Ε丨2 3.31W丨0办 3.82W丨0办 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製-51-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (48) ^ 00l.ocvcs-ool (铕 菰 # 2) 1.0 «\ ecs 丨 001 (Iridium 菰 # 3) 1.0 ^ CS 丨 001 (铕 菰 # 5) 1.0c \ ®cs_001 (Iridium M # 6) 3.35W 丨 0 Office 3.18WI0 Office 2.01M—0 Office 2 · (η7Ε 丨 0 Office 3.51W 丨 0 Office #! 0 .: 4 / Weng) 0 «\ ° 5 Foreign Office 0 Light 2S 丨 5 Envy 3.79E 丨 S 3.61E 丨 0 Office 2.55E 丨 2 3.31W 丨 0 Office 3.82W 丨 0 Office (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Bureau Consumers Cooperative

»»/31齋荽雄—LDPE藏书鞔菡樹3tb敷 iga72!F(2:K>.22rf) 弈卽室“:敝3% R= 緬葙窻:_a·% RH 訂»» / 31 Saiyao Xiong—LDPE Collection Book Tree 3tb iga72! F (2: K > .22rf) Game Room “: 敝 3% R = Burma 葙 窻 : _a ·% RH Order

0«\° 5% 33介 13妒 — 3Λ i— 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210'〆297公釐) -52 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(49 )0 «\ ° 5% 33 introduction 13 jealous — 3Λ i— This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210'〆297 mm) -52-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (49)

crB 100 inM ·to办 0·001 in· ¾¾¾ (銥灕 #1) 0.5% cs—001 (0M5 1% CS-001 (链颈#5) 2% CS-001 i2e 7·81Ε-2 7.67Ε丨03 7·37Εέ <Λ·53Μ 丨 03 »» /8 -錨鸢雄 ILDPE 彌-*鍈齙 «srr-b» 薛»72^(22.22^) 雜卽室:鲥2·% KH «減室:敝3%50h (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)crB 100 inM · To do 0 · 001 in · ¾¾¾ (Iridium # 1) 0.5% cs—001 (0M5 1% CS-001 (chain neck # 5) 2% CS-001 i2e 7.81Ε-2 7.67Ε 丨03 7 · 37Εέ < Λ · 53Μ 丨 03 »» / 8-Anchor kite ILDPE Mi- * 鍈 龅 «srr-b» Xue »72 ^ (22.22 ^) Miscellaneous room: 鲥 2 ·% KH« Reduction room : 敝 3% 50h (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T, 1T

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Η <τν σν to ο 01¾¾¾龅¼¾¾¾ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -53 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(50 )Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs < τν σν to ο 01¾¾¾ 龅 ¼¾¾¾ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm) -53-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (50 )

Ji涵藏 (銥s#l) 1.0«\ecs-001 (銪菰#5) 2·0βνcs—001^ss 5 · lmE 丨o办 办.01Ε丨s 2.91E丨0办 冰薪鞔豳樹· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Ji Collection (Iridium s # l) 1.0 «\ ecs-001 (铕 菰 # 5) 2 · 0βνcs—001 ^ ss 5 · lmE 丨 o Office. 01Ε 丨 s 2.91E 丨 0 Office Ice Salary Tree · (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

ρ —τι ϋϋ Β1系· I— ϋ—L οβ\β 22外ρ —τι ϋϋ Β1 series · I— ϋ—L οβ \ β 22 outside

5.63W丨0办 5·17Μ丨0办 3.08E-S 00S00M, 盡®έρΕϋφ 鍈藤樹31:5.薛渐 72^(22.22¾) ιίϊΗΠ室:邮a-% RH . 緬菰寰:敝a·% g 訂5.63W 丨 0 Office 5.17M 丨 0 Office 3.08ES 00S00M, as far as έρΕϋφ 鍈 藤 树 31: 5. Xue Jian 72 ^ (22.22¾) ιίϊΗΠ Room: Post a-% RH. Myanmar World: 敝 a ·% g Order

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 0妒 8% 办 5β\· |_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) 一 54 一 490477 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(S1 )Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 0% 8% Office 5β \ · | _ This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) Α4 specifications (210X 297 mm)-54-490477 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (S1 )

雔涵蒎(銪颈#1) 0.5% CS-001 (銪翦#7) 1% CS-001 (銪翦#5)2% cs-σοι iss * § · Q.QQ1 in. 100 ϋ· 24、-l·® 7·81E-03 7.67W丨03 7·37Μ丨03 σι·53Μ 丨 03 σ\ σ\ to 〇 «\° «ν» ·ν» «\® (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)雔 涵 蒎 (铕 neck # 1) 0.5% CS-001 (铕 翦 # 7) 1% CS-001 (铕 翦 # 5) 2% cs-σοι iss * § Q.QQ1 in. 100 ϋ 24, -l · ® 7 · 81E-03 7.67W 丨 03 7 · 37Μ 丨 03 σι · 53Μ 丨 03 σ \ σ \ to 〇 «\ °« ν »· ν» «\ ® (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page)

薛砘 72^(22.22¾) 雜in寖:邮2-¾ UH 瘌菰寰:邮2·χ RH sigtb—鲡盏SMDPE 藏·*疏齙樹stb 燁 訂Xue Zhe 72 ^ (22.22¾) Miscellaneous immersion: Post 2-¾ UH 瘌 菰 World: Post 2. x RH sigtb—Zan Zhan SMDPE Tibetan · * Sparse Tree stb 订 Order

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) -55 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(52 ¾¾¾<mml)P5«v»cs-001(爺菰#7) 0Λ CS-001(銥55)2ev»cs — 001(銥颈#8)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) -55-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (52 ¾¾¾ < mml) P5 «v» cs- 001 (Grandfather # 7) 0Λ CS-001 (Iridium 55) 2ev »cs — 001 (Iridium Neck # 8)

3.76E—S 2 .»U2W 丨 0办 3.39E-0办 2.SE-CM % V、/ 0妒 3m錚 10妒 3办妒 薛渐 72^(22.2210) *sn竄:0.25 Aw 錨菰竄:60% RH冰薪鍈藤栅益¾¾ «涵雜^»猶樹% (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 镟確|||$;1§菡樹* 3·75Μ丨 CM 2·41Μ·ίΜ 3.38Ε—04 2·47Ε丨2 0外 3<rkir 10β\° 3办妒 ss^s_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) aistb-if 蓉3l:-LDPE§l-fr!jsH齙«srT-b 鵁3.76E—S 2. »U2W 丨 0 Office 3.39E-0 Office 2.SE-CM% V, / 0 Envy 3m 铮 10 Envy 3 Office Envy Xue Jian 72 ^ (22.2210) * sn channeling: 0.25 Aw anchor channeling : 60% RH Ice Salary Tengzhayi ¾¾ «Hardness ^» still tree% (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ||| $; 1菡 菡 tree * 3.75M 丨 CM 2.41M · ίΜ 3.38E-04 04 2 · 47E 丨 2 0 outside 3 &r; rkir 10β \ ° 3 jealousy ss ^ s_ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specifications ( 210X 297 mm) aistb-if Rong 3l: -LDPE§l-fr! JsH 龅 «srT-b 鵁

、1T, 1T

-56 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(53 so inw· 24 /』\通 CT彐 Ιί涵彌 (銥藕#1) lo\°cs 丨 001 (銥翦#2) le\°cs-001 (链a#3) 1<A°CS 丨 001 (銥菰#4) le\°cs — ool (銪颈#5) lo\°cs-001 (銥菰#6) 2«v»cs-001 (銥s#s) lo\°TMcow (銥菰#12) 雜§0 1.03W—03 5.49E丨0办 办.7办W丨0办 σ1·41Ε丨 0办 5.22W—0办 办·13Ε_0办 5.95E-S 8.32W丨0办 0·001 in·-56-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (53 so inw · 24 / 』 Chain a # 3) 1 < A ° CS 丨 001 (iridium 菰 # 4) le \ ° cs — ool (铕 neck # 5) lo \ ° cs-001 (iridium 菰 # 6) 2 «v» cs-001 ( Iridium s # s) lo \ ° TMcow (Iridium 菰 # 12) Miscellaneous §0 1.03W—03 5.49E 丨 0 Office. 7 Office W 丨 0 Office σ1 · 41Ε 丨 0 Office 5.22W-0 Office · 13E_0 Office 5.95ES 8.32W 丨 0 Office 0 · 001 in ·

0〇\° 办 7«\° 5 办β\° 38OV» 办Vo% 60〇\° 办 20\° lvoc\° (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製0〇 \ ° Office 7 «\ ° 5 Office β \ ° 38OV» Office Vo% 60〇 \ ° Office 20 \ ° lvoc \ ° (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Staff Consumption of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by a cooperative

^11. 1.13E-S 5.79E-S 5.00E-04 <rv.SE-CM 5.54E-0办 办.39E-S 6.1S-04 8.SE_S s 办νοβ\° 5扒妒 办 0«¥» 51CV» 61妒 舡 5«\° 21% 000^ 11. 1.13ES 5.79ES 5.00E-04 < rv.SE-CM 5.54E-0 Office 39E-S 6.1S-04 8.SE_S s Office νοβ \ ° 5 jealous office 0 «¥» 51CV » 61 jealousy 5 `` \ ° 21% 000

薛渐 S5 0F (40.56OC) 雜in室:呦2-x RH 鲡»壅:敝a·% RHXue Jian S5 0F (40.56OC) Miscellaneous in room: 呦 2-x RH 鲡 »壅: 敝 a ·% RH

、1T, 1T

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) -57 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(54 )This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -57-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (54)

銪2銥S銪S链雔 SD铕 2Iridium S 铕 S chain 雔 SD

冰蘇礙藤樹* 办.34E丨CM 办·03Ε丨0办 5·§Ε-04 3.96E—CMBingsu obstructs vines * Office. 34E 丨 CM Office · 03Ε 丨 0 Office 5 · §Ε-04 3.96E—CM

VDC¥» —Is 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 办·67Ε丨CM 办•办1W丨0办 5.33WI0办 3.VDI^W 丨 0办 ·14ίτ m 00S00^VDC ¥ »—Is printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs · 67E 丨 CM Office • Office 1W 丨 0 Office 5.33WI0 Office 3.VDI ^ W 丨 0 Office · 14ίτ m 00S00 ^

薛渐 105OF {40·56ο3 雜BD窖:_a-H UH 錨緘窖:N RH 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -58 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(55 ) ¾¾¾ 0,5o\°TMcnw (銥璉#13) o,son°tmcow (銥菰#14) lo\°TMcow (銪翦#9) le\eTMcnM le¥»TMSW (銪翦#11) 10\°TMSW (銥a#12) 20\eTMSW (銥灕#15) 20\°TMSW (銥趣#16) 2«\eTMSra (銥璉#17) 2.37Ε-2 2·67Ε-0»^ 办.85Ε 丨 04L 2.58Ei4 2.15E 丨 S 2.5^Μ·2 2·73Ε·04 2.81Ε丨04 crm · 0.001 in. 100 in- · 24 /hs. 3.09E-S 2·50Ε丨0办 雜an 響 冰辧鍈齙樹益Ιίί$^00^,000^ 0β\° 1VD妒 23«\° 1办0\° •57^ 3 31% 18% 10β\° νοβν» 办5W丨0办 9<nw 丨 0办 {Λ7ΕΙ0 办 05W—0办 27W丨0办 VD2M 丨 0办 55W丨0办 0 办 w_04t 21«_0办 2l^w—0办 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 iil#.Xue Jian 105OF {40 · 56ο3 Miscellaneous BD cellar: _a-H UH Anchor cellar: N RH This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) -58-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ( 55) ¾¾¾ 0,5o \ ° TMcnw (iridium 琏 # 13) o, son ° tmcow (iridium 菰 # 14) lo \ ° TMcow (铕 翦 # 9) le \ eTMcnM le ¥ »TMSW (铕 翦 # 11) 10 \ ° TMSW (Iridium # 12) 20 \ eTMSW (Iridium # 15) 20 \ ° TMSW (Iridium # 16) 2 «\ eTMSra (Iridium # 17) 2.37E-2 2 · 67E-0» ^ Office .85E 丨 04L 2.58Ei4 2.15E 丨 S 2.5 ^ Μ · 2 2 · 73Ε · 04 2.81Ε 丨 04 crm · 0.001 in. 100 in- · 24 / hs. 3.09ES 2 · 50Ε 丨 0 to do the sound鍈 龅 树 益 Ιί $ ^ 00 ^, 000 ^ 0β \ ° 1VD jealous 23 «\ ° 1 office 0 \ ° • 57 ^ 3 31% 18% 10β \ ° νοβν» Office 5W 丨 0 Office 9 < nw 丨 0 Office {Λ7ΕΙ0 Office 05W—0 Office 27W 丨 0 Office VD2M 丨 0 Office 55W 丨 0 Office 0 Office w_04t 21 «_0 Office 2l ^ w—0 Office Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy iil #.

»»73—錨證® —LPDE蒎书鍈龅榭3tt戣 薛 52T(22.22(rf) 雜§π窻:跗2*7。RH 鲡潞窻:^3 %SOH ------訂------R--.. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Λ - - - - - - —fr I - ....... _ οβν» 一办介 33^ 12«\β -53ίτ 155τ 2σν<Λβ 12β\β 70V» 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -59 - 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(56 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製»» 73—Anchor Certificate®—LPDE 蒎 蒎 鍈 龅 3tt 戣 薛 52T (22.22 (rf) Miscellaneous §π 窻: 跗 2 * 7. RH 鲡 潞 窻: ^ 3% SOH ------ Order- ----- R-- .. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Λ------—fr I-....... _ οβν »一 办 介 33 ^ 12 «\ Β -53ίτ 155τ 2σν < Λβ 12β \ β 70V» This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -59-490477 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (56) Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Consumer Cooperatives

进湎彌(雜璉#1) 1% TMSE at®#12) 2% TMSE (銪菰#15) VD.办 3W 丨 0OJ 1.16Ε丨02 1.5mw — 02 σι to υι υ ο «Λβ «Λβ €\〇 雜an ϋι«.Jin Mi (Miscellaneous # 1) 1% TMSE at® # 12) 2% TMSE (铕 菰 # 15) VD. Office 3W 丨 0OJ 1.16E 丨 02 1.5mw — 02 σι to υι υ ο «Λβ« Λβ € \ 〇 杂 an ϋι «.

薛渐 72^(22.22(10) #卽食:跗a·% g 麵緘室:敝a-%?oH 迓® b I 緬荽al-LPDESi-*鯓飯樹stb® (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂Xue Jian 72 ^ (22.22 (10) # 卽 食 : 跗 a ·% g 缄 面 室 : 敝 a-%? OH 迓 ® b I Myanmar-al-LPDESi- * 鯓 饭 树 stb® (Please read the (Please fill in this page again)

本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21 OX297公釐) 60 — 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(57 ) S.0(銪a#l) 0·5«λβΤΜ5Μ (銪翦#14) 2% TMSEl· (銥菰#15)This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 OX297 mm) 60 — 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (57) S.0 (铕 a # l) 0 · 5 «λβΤΜ5Μ (铕 翦 # 14 ) 2% TMSEl

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 »»/9-緬盏雄ILDPE彌-&鍈齙樹stt戣 薛渐 7rF(22.22ci) 雜ΒΠ窻:邮3X RH 錨減麼ΙΓ邮S% RH雜Ian^is, lil« 0e\°νο·05Ε—0办 0 妒 19β\°7·25Ε—0办 2 办妒ίη·81Μ—0办 25妒 8.36E-CH <ri.77E_CH ch.36E-CM § · 0·001 in. 100 iH,· 24、>φ 0SS0000Μα (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs »» / 9-Burma Zongxiong ILDPE Mi- & 鍈 龅 树 stt 戣 薛 渐 7rF (22.22ci) Miscellaneous ΒΠ 窻: Post 3X RH Anchor Reduction Ⅰ Post S% RH Miscellaneous Ian ^ is, lil «0e \ ° νο · 05Ε—0 Office 0 Envy 19β \ ° 7 · 25E—0 Office 2 Office Envy ίη · 81Μ—0 Office 25 Office 8.36E-CH < ri.77E_CH ch.36E -CM § · 001 in. 100 iH, · 24, > 0SS0000Mα (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -61 ~ 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(58 )This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -61 ~ 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (58)

w丨 CyD PVdCfi涠彌 PVdC w/ loCAPHP ω—cyD PVdC w/ 2 0e\°ffip <r».81w 丨 05 1·办5W丨05 VD.71W 丨 05 i,§lj ή 雜an 0妒 79!f 丨办2妒 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 —11«, 1.05E-CM 2.39E-05 1.12E丨0办w 丨 CyD PVdCfi 涠 米 PVdC w / loCAPHP ω—cyD PVdC w / 2 0e \ ° ffip < r ».81w 丨 05 1 · Office 5W 丨 05 VD.71W 丨 05 i, §lj price miscellaneous 0 079 ! f 丨 Office 2 Jealousy (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs—11 «, 1.05E-CM 2.39E-05 1.12E 丨 Office 0

薛渐 72^(22.22(3) 雜卽壅:P25 Aw 錨游室:60% KHXue Jian 72 ^ (22.22 (3) Miscellaneous: P25 Aw Anchor Chamber: 60% KH

、1T, 1T

000 ocv 77^ 丨7妒 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ~ 62 ~ 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(59 PQ彐 ^00§0 5e\®ffipmlcyD/ 0§ 10e\eKPW-cyD/0§ 魏§π 100 inw· 24 ΦΦ 2.07W丨 06 l.lnow丨 0 仍 办·13Μ丨0仍 0.001 in. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)000 ocv 77 ^ 丨 7 The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) ~ 62 ~ 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (59 PQ 彐 ^ 00§0 5e \ ®ffipmlcyD / 0§ 10e \ eKPW-cyD / 0§ Wei §π 100 inw · 24 ΦΦ 2.07W 丨 06 l.lnow 丨 0 Still to do · 13Μ 丨 0 Still 0.001 in. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

— i 27Sr 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 2.10E-05 2.0732-05 办·30Ε丨05 0β\· ΟΛ 丨 105ο\β 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) ii«.— I 27Sr Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2.10E-05 2.0732-05 Office · 30Ε 丨 05 0β \ · ΟΛ 丨 105ο \ β This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm) ii «.

薛渐 72^(22.22(c?) ¾¾寖:敝3% RH »葙室:敝3% RH 訂 -63 -Xue Jian 72 ^ (22.22 (c?) ¾ ¾: 敝 3% RH »葙 room: 敝 3% RH Order -63-

i '發明説明(60 ) 我們製備了一条列含有羥丙基BCD的水性塗料。這些 塗料可用來塗被瓶子的內部或外部。其中一種塗料是用10 %壓克力乳液製備者(一種購自 Polysciences, Inc.,分 子量約150,000的聚丙烯酸聚合物)。該10%壓克力乳液 含有5重量%和10重量%裝載量的羥丙基BCD。這些溶液 係用來經_層壓兩膜Μ手塗檢驗膜樣。使用手操滾筒將塗 料施加到含有0.5%乙醢BCD的線型低密度聚乙烯膜片(Rol 1 No. 7>和2%乙醸化BCD的第二膜片後,層壓該等膜片。該 等膜片在層壓中不拉伸。將所有經塗被樣品放置於真空層 壓機内以脫除膜片之間的空氣泡。壓克力塗層厚度為約 0.0002时(.000051毫米)。壓克力塗被對照樣係Μ相同方 式但不含羥丙基BCD製備成的。多層結構係用0.5%乙醯化 BCD膜面朝撿驗管槽的環境燒瓶侧而撿驗的。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 第二種塗料是用購自Dagax Laboratories, Inc.的偏 二氯乙烯乳膠(PVDC,60重量%固體)製備的。用兩種水 平的羥丙基BCD製備PVDC乳膠塗料- 10和20重量%的衍化 環糊精。使用這些溶液手塗線型低密度聚乙烯撿驗膜,將 兩膜層壓在一起。用塗料Μ手操滾筒塗抹到兩Η對照膜片 (軋成一片)並層壓在一起。層壓中膜未經拉伸。所有經 塗被樣品都置於真空層壓機中Μ脫除膜片之間的空氣泡。 PVDC塗層厚度約為0.0004时(.0001毫米>。Μ相同方式但 沒有羥丙基BCD製備成一 PVDC塗被對照樣。 在製備例後顯示透過率改良的數據係用下面的通用檢 驗方法得到者。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -64 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(61 ) 方法槪沭 此方法包括經設計成使用靜態濃度梯度測量所選有機 分子透過食品包裝膜的滲透率之實驗技術。該檢驗方法係 經由提供各種貯存濕度,產品水活性和溫度條件模擬加速 擱置壽命檢驗條件及使用前面撿驗過的食品中所含有機分 子濃度來擇擬滲透檢驗管槽中的包裝外有機蒸氣。此程序 可用來測定下列化合物:乙醇,甲苯,對-二甲苯,鄰-二 甲苯,1,2,4-三甲基苯,萘,石油精溶劑摻合物,等。 環境撿驗化合物 低限氣味濃度 微升/升ppffl 管槽濃度 徹升/升PPm 乙醇 5-5000 20 甲苯 0.10-20 3 對-二甲苯 0.5 2 鄰-二甲苯 0.03-12 1 1,2,3-三甲基苯 ΝΑ 0.5 禁 0.001-0.03 0.5 石油精溶劑摻合物 ΝΑ 40 表1.緣诱物檢驗化合物 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) __ 衣· 訂i 'Inventive note (60) We prepared a series of water-based coatings containing hydroxypropyl BCD. These coatings can be used to coat the inside or outside of the bottle. One of these coatings is a 10% acrylic emulsion maker (a polyacrylic acid polymer available from Polysciences, Inc. with a molecular weight of about 150,000). The 10% acrylic emulsion contains 5% and 10% by weight of hydroxypropyl BCD. These solutions were used to verify the film samples by hand-laminating two films. The coating was applied to a linear low-density polyethylene film (Rol 1 No. 7 > and 2% acetic acid BCD) containing a second film using 0.5% ethyl acetate BCD using a hand roller, and then the films were laminated. These films are not stretched during lamination. All coated samples are placed in a vacuum laminator to remove air bubbles between the films. The thickness of the acrylic coating is about 0.0002 (.000051 mm) ). Acrylic coating was prepared in the same way as the control sample M but without hydroxypropyl BCD. The multilayer structure was tested with 0.5% acetylated BCD film facing the environmental flask side of the test tube slot. The second coating printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs was prepared from vinylidene chloride latex (PVDC, 60% by weight solids) purchased from Dagax Laboratories, Inc. It was prepared using two levels of hydroxypropyl BCD PVDC Latex Coatings-10 and 20% by weight of derivatized cyclodextrin. Use these solutions to hand-coat a linear low-density polyethylene test film and laminate the two films together. Apply to the two control membranes with a coating roller (Rolled into one piece) and laminated together. The film is not stretched during the lamination. All coated The products were placed in a vacuum laminator to remove air bubbles between the membranes. The thickness of the PVDC coating was approximately 0.0004 (.0001 mm). The same way but without hydroxypropyl BCD was prepared as a PVDC coating. The same. The data showing the transmittance improvement after the preparation example is obtained by the following general inspection method. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -64-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ( 61) Method: This method includes an experimental technique designed to measure the permeability of selected organic molecules through food packaging films using a static concentration gradient. The inspection method is simulated by accelerating the shelf by providing various storage humidity, product water activity and temperature conditions Life test conditions and the concentration of organic molecules contained in the foods previously checked to select organic vapors outside the package in the test tube slot. This procedure can be used to determine the following compounds: ethanol, toluene, p-xylene, o- Xylene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, naphthalene, petroleum spirit solvent blends, etc. Environmental check compounds Low limit odor concentration microliters / liter ppffl Tube tank concentration Liters / liter PPm ethanol 5-5000 20 toluene 0.10-20 3 p-xylene 0.5 2 o-xylene 0.03-12 1 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene NA 0.5 ban 0.001-0.03 0.5 petroleum solvent blending Compound ΝΑ 40 Table 1. Margin attractant test compounds (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 於一典型滲透實驗中,包含三個步驟。其為(a〉儀器 敏感度校準,(b)膜檢驗Μ測量透過率和擴散率,和(c)滲 透實驗的品質管制。 膜樣係在密閉一體滲透裝置檢驗的。用Μ火焰游離偵 檢器(FID)操作的高解析度氣相層析儀(HRGC)測量累積滲 透物濃度相對於時間的變化。 樣品側和環境側的試驗化合物濃度係用每一化合物的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -65 - 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(62) 回應因數或校準曲線計算而得的。之後,若需要滲透物質 量時,再針對每一特定組的滲透管槽進行體積校正各濃度 〇 分別對膜的上游側(環境側)和下游側(樣品側)將 累積滲透物濃度相對於時間檫繪圖。從滲透曲線數據計算 出擴散速率和透過率。 1 .0 詩備和試劑 1.1 設備 裝設火焰游離偵檢器的氣相層析儀(HP 5880),有1 毫升採樣圈的六孔加熱採樣閥和數據積分器。 J&W毛細管柱。DB-5,30MX 0.250毫米 ID,1.0 umdf Ο 玻璃滲透試驗管槽或燒瓶。兩値玻璃燒瓶具有約1200 毫升(環境管槽或進料側)和300毫升(樣品燒瓶或滲透 側)之腔洞。 滲透管槽夾環(2)。 滲透管槽鋁封環(2)。 天然橡膠隔板。8毫升外徑標準壁或9毫米0D (Aldrich Chemical Company, Milwaukee, WI) 〇 各種實驗室玻璃器具和注射筒。 各種實驗室供給品。 ΐ . 2 試劑 試劑水。在標的化學分析之MDL中未觀察到干擾之水 。使用水純化系統來產生試劑水,其係經煮沸到80%體積 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) " -DO ~ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣. 訂 490477 Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(63 ) ,蓋好,並使其在使用前冷郤到室溫。 乙醇/芳族標準儲液。將乙醇(〇· 6030克>,甲苯 (0· 1722克),對-二甲苯(〇 1327克),鄰-二甲苯(0.0666 克 >,三甲基苯(0.0375克)和禁(0.0400克〉包裝在1毫升 密封針導管中。粗汽油摻合物檫準樣為含有約20種個別 族烴化合_的市售漆溶劑摻合物,其係得自Sunny side Corporation, Consumer Porducts Division, Wheeling, IL 〇 Triton X-100。壬酚非離子界面活性劑(Rohm and Haas) ° 2.0 檁進樣製備 2.1 遽诱橾作檁進樣 使用滲透撿驗檫準儲液。這些檫準樣係經由用純的經 檢定過的參考化合物,如所示的實際重量和重量%製備成 者。 操作乙醇/芳族標準樣係經由將250徼升的標準樣儲 液注射到100毫升含0.1克界面活性劑(Triton X-100)的試 劑水中而製備成者。重要的是該Triton X-100要完全溶解 在試劑水後才添加滲透物標準樣儲液。如此可確使試驗化 合物分散在水中。此外,每次分配液份時操作檫準樣都必 須充分地混合。最好是將操作檫準樣轉移到沒有頂部空間 的壓入頂式管瓶Μ減少因製備檫準樣所用量瓶中的大頂部 空間所致損失。 操作石油精摻合物檫準樣係經由將800微升的“純” (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) __Γ 文· 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) -67 - // Α7 Β7 五、 發明説明(64) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 石油精溶劑摻合物注射到100毫升’含0.2克界面活性劑 (Triton X-100)之試劑水中而製備成的。 打開過的檫準樣儲液必須從玻璃扣蓋管瓶轉移到壓入 頂管瓶中供短期貯存用。管瓶必須貯存在防爆冰箱或冷藏 器內。 2.2 狩進樺進樣 校準檫準樣係Μ最少三値濃度水平經由將不同體積的 操作標準樣加到量瓶內並用試劑水稀釋到體積而製備成。 其中一標準樣係製備成濃度接近,但高於方法的偵檢限值 。其他的濃度對應於環境和樣品側槽管中所測得的預期濃 度範圍者。 3.0 樣品製備 3.1 腾樣餺備 在使用前要將環境燒瓶和樣品燒瓶置於肥皂水中洗滌 ,用去離子水充分地沖洗,再烘乾。在清潔後,每一燒瓶 都匹配一個橡膠隔板。 用模板將膜檢驗樣切割到鋁封環的内徑。膜檢驗樣直 徑在防止沿切緣圓周的擴散損失上具有重要性。將膜樣, 鋁封環,和撿驗燒瓶組裝起來。 準備好檢驗槽管,首先用無水壓縮空氣沖滌樣品燒瓶· 和環境燒瓶Μ脫除樣品和璟境兩燒瓶中的濕氣。此可經由 用針穿剌樣品条統和環境隔板至插管該組裝體使受控制的 無水空氣流同時流經兩個燒瓶。將夾環鬆鬆地配置到燒瓶 Μ消除蓄積在膜兩側上的壓力。在沖滌兩値燒瓶約10分鐘 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一衣· 68 -C 0 _ 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(65 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 後,除去針頭並將夾環緊束,將膜密封在兩燒瓶之間。使 用面向鉛間隔件的橡膠Μ確得氣密式匹配。 在樣品侧注射2微升水/ 300毫升燒瓶容積。由於樣 品燒瓶的容積變異,要補充水Μ對應體積變異。2微升水 / 300毫升燒瓶容積相當於在72°F (22.22°C )的〇. 25水活性 產物。接著,在環境燒瓶內注射入根據2.2段所製備的40 微升滲.透乙醇/芳族操作標準樣或40微升石油精摻合物操 作檫準樣。這些操作檫準精樣中任一者都可產生在72°F (22.221C )下的60%相對濕度及表I中所示在1200毫升容 積燒瓶中的滲透物濃度(份數每百萬份-體積/體積)。 經由使用乾濕球濕度計表來決定濕度及使用氣體逸失來計 算滲透的濃度,可Μ在檢驗方法中使用其他的濕度或滲透 物濃度。記錄時間並將滲透槽管放到恆溫控制烘箱內,樣 品可交錯Μ適配GC蓮作時間。製備三份相同的滲透裝置。 爲了 QC目的使用三重複分祈。 於每一時間區段結束時,從烘箱中取出組合中的一個 樣品。先分析環境燒瓶側,使用配置一値1毫升迴路的加 熱六孔採樣閥。用一毫升的環境側或樣品側空氣沖滌該迴 路。然後將該迴路注射到主細管柱内。在注射後人工起動 GC/FII)条統。從單一滲透實驗的樣品侧和環境側可採取多 達8値1毫升樣品注射。 從每一化合物的校準曲線或回應因數(方程式1或3 )計算出樣品側和環境側的試驗化合物濃度。然後若需要 滲透物質量時對每一特定組的滲透燒瓶進行濃度的體積校 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) 69 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 Β7 五、發明説明(66 ) 正。 L0 樣品分.析 4 1 儀器參數 標準樣和樣品係Μ氣體層析術用下列方法參數分析的 管柱:J&W 管柱,DB-5,30Μ,0.25 毫米 ID,1 umdf 載體:氫氣 分流通氣:9.4毫升/分 注射口溫度:105¾ 火焰偵檢器溫度:2001C 烘箱溫度1 : 751C 程式速率1 : 15°C 烘箱溫度2 ·· 125°C 速率2 : 20Ό 最後烘箱溫度:2001C 最後持留時間:2分 六孔採樣閥溫度係設定在105C。 4-2 校進 使用下列試驗化合物範圍內的檫準樣製備三點校準: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics In a typical penetration experiment, it consists of three steps. It is (a> instrument sensitivity calibration, (b) membrane inspection, M, measurement of transmittance and diffusivity, and (c) quality control of permeation experiments. Membrane samples are inspected in a sealed integrated permeation device. M flame free detection The high-resolution gas chromatograph (HRGC) operated by the filter (FID) measures the change of cumulative permeate concentration with respect to time. The test compound concentration on the sample side and the environmental side is based on the paper standard of each compound, which is applicable to Chinese national standards. (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -65-490477 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (62) Calculated by the response factor or calibration curve. Later, if the quality of the permeate is required For each specific group of permeation tube tanks, volume correction is performed for each concentration. The upstream side (environment side) and downstream side (sample side) of the membrane are plotted against the cumulative permeate concentration versus time. Data from the permeation curve Calculate the diffusion rate and transmittance. 1.0 Shibei and Reagent 1.1 Equipment equipped with a flame gas detector (HP 5880), six holes with a 1 ml sampling circle Thermal sampling valve and data integrator. J & W capillary column. DB-5, 30MX 0.250 mm ID, 1.0 umdf 〇 Glass penetration test tube or flask. Two glass flasks with about 1200 ml (environmental tube tank or feed side) ) And 300 ml (sample flask or permeate side) cavity. Permeate tube groove clamp (2). Permeate tube groove aluminum sealing ring (2). Natural rubber separator. 8 ml outer diameter standard wall or 9 mm 0D ( Aldrich Chemical Company, Milwaukee, WI) 〇 Various laboratory glassware and syringes. Various laboratory supplies. Ϊ́. 2 Reagents Reagent water. No interference water was observed in the target chemical analysis MDL. Use a water purification system to Produce reagent water, which is boiled to 80% by volume. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297 mm) " -DO ~ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Order 490477 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of Invention (63), cover it, and allow it to cool to room temperature before use. Ethanol / Aromatic Standard Stock Solution. Ethanol (〇 · 6030 g >, Benzene (0.172 g), p-xylene (〇1327 g), o-xylene (0.0666 g), trimethylbenzene (0.0375 g) and ban (0.0400 g) packed in a 1 ml sealed needle catheter The crude gasoline blend is a commercially available paint solvent blend containing about 20 individual group hydrocarbon compounds, which is available from Sunny Side Corporation, Consumer Porducts Division, Wheeling, IL Triton X-100. Nonanol Nonionic Surfactants (Rohm and Haas) ° 2.0 檩 Preparation for injection 2.1 Preparing for injection 檩 Injection Use osmotic test quasi stock solution. These quasi-preparatives were prepared by using pure certified reference compounds as shown in actual weight and weight percent. An ethanol / aromatic standard was prepared by injecting 250 liters of a standard stock solution into 100 ml of a reagent water containing 0.1 g of a surfactant (Triton X-100). It is important that the Triton X-100 is completely dissolved in reagent water before adding the permeate standard stock solution. This ensures that the test compound is dispersed in water. In addition, each time the sample is dispensed, the master sample must be thoroughly mixed. It is best to transfer the operating standard to a press-fit top vial M without headspace to reduce the loss due to the large headspace in the volumetric bottle used to prepare the standard. The quasi-samples of petroleum refined blends are processed by 800 microliters of "pure" (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) __Γ Text · The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X 297 mm) -67-// Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (64) Injection of petroleum refining solvent blend printed into 100 ml 'containing 0.2 g of surfactant (Triton X-100) ) Reagent water. The opened stock solution must be transferred from the glass capped vial to the top-loaded vial for short-term storage. The vial must be stored in an explosion-proof refrigerator or freezer. 2.2 Injecting birch into the calibrator The calibration standard is a minimum of three concentration levels prepared by adding different volumes of operating standards to a measuring flask and diluting to volume with reagent water. One of the standard samples was prepared to a concentration close to, but above the detection limit of the method. Other concentrations correspond to those in the expected range of concentrations measured in the environment and the sample side tank. 3.0 Sample Preparation 3.1 Sample Preparation Before use, wash the environmental flask and sample flask in soapy water, rinse thoroughly with deionized water, and then dry. After cleaning, each flask is fitted with a rubber septum. The film test specimen was cut to the inside diameter of the aluminum seal ring using a template. The diameter of the membrane test sample is important in preventing diffusion loss along the circumference of the cut edge. Assemble the film sample, aluminum seal ring, and inspection flask. To prepare the test tube, first rinse the sample flask and the environmental flask M with anhydrous compressed air to remove the moisture from the sample and the two flasks. This can be accomplished by piercing the sample strip and the environmental barrier with a needle to intubate the assembly to allow a controlled flow of anhydrous air to flow through both flasks simultaneously. The clamp ring was loosely placed in the flask to eliminate the pressure accumulated on both sides of the membrane. Approx. 10 minutes in a two-wash flask. This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) Yiyi · 68 -C 0 _ 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (65) After printing by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, remove the needle and tighten the clamp ring to seal the membrane between the two flasks. The use of rubber M facing the lead spacers did ensure a gas-tight fit. Inject 2 μl water / 300 ml flask volume on the sample side. Due to the volume variation of the sample flask, the corresponding volume variation of water M should be supplemented. A volume of 2 microliters of water per 300 ml flask is equivalent to 0.25 water-active products at 72 ° F (22.22 ° C). Next, 40 microliters of a permeate ethanol / aromatic operating standard prepared according to paragraph 2.2 or 40 microliters of a petroleum spirit blend operating standard were injected into an environmental flask. Any of these procedures can produce 60% relative humidity at 72 ° F (22.221C) and the permeate concentration (parts per million parts) shown in Table I in a 1200 ml volumetric flask -Volume / volume). By using a wet and dry bulb hygrometer to determine the humidity and using gas escape to calculate the concentration of permeation, other humidity or permeate concentrations can be used in the test method. Record the time and place the infiltration tank tube in a constant temperature controlled oven. The samples can be staggered to fit the GC lotus time. Three identical osmotic units were prepared. Use triplicate prayers for QC purposes. At the end of each time period, a sample of the combination is removed from the oven. First analyze the side of the environmental flask and use a heated six-hole sampling valve with a 1 ml loop. Purge the circuit with one milliliter of ambient or sample side air. This circuit is then injected into the main capillary column. The GC / FII) protocol was initiated manually after injection. Up to 8 値 1ml of sample can be injected from the sample side and the environmental side of a single permeation experiment. Calculate the concentration of the test compound on the sample and environmental sides from the calibration curve or response factor (Equation 1 or 3) for each compound. Then, if the mass of the permeate is needed, the concentration volume calibration of the permeation flasks of each specific group (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The paper size of the book applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297) 69) 490477 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Invention Description (66) Positive. L0 Sample analysis. Analysis 4 1 Instrument parameters Standard samples and samples are columns for gas chromatography analysis using the following methods: J & W column, DB-5, 30M, 0.25 mm ID, 1 umdf Carrier: Hydrogen analysis Gas flow rate: 9.4 ml / min. Injection port temperature: 105¾ Flame detector temperature: 2001C Oven temperature 1: 751C Program rate 1: 15 ° C Oven temperature 2 ·· 125 ° C Rate 2: 20Ό Last oven temperature: 2001C Last hold Time: The temperature of the 2 minute 6-hole sampling valve is set at 105C. 4-2 Proofreading Three-point calibration using the pseudo standard samples within the scope of the following test compounds: This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

70 - 五、 發明説明(67) 試驗化合物 乙醇 甲苯 A7 B7 校準曲線範圍ρρπι (微升) 2-20 0.3 - 3 經濟部中夬標準局員工消費合作杜印製 對-二甲苯 0.2-2 鄰-二甲苯 0.1-1 1,2,4-三甲基苯 0.05 - 0·5 萘 0.05 - 0.5 石油精溶劑摻合物 4.0-40 要製備校準檫準時,係在瓶管內的一液份試劑水中添 加一恰當體積的操作標準樣溶液。 4,2,1 . 橾作檁進的二次豨釋Μ Μ備校進曲線 5比1稀釋:將5毫升操作標準樣放置於一値25-毫 升量瓶中,塞好後,倒轉量瓶予Μ混合。 2.5比1稀釋:將10毫升操作檫準樣設置於一個25-毫 升量瓶中,塞好後,倒轉量瓶予Μ混合。 分析每一校準檫準樣並相對於環境側槽管中的試驗化 合物濃度表列出化合物尖峯面積回應值。其結果即用來製 備每一化合物的校準曲線。石油精溶劑摻合物為一種市售 漆溶劑,含有約20種個別的脂烴化合物。其相對於濃度的 回應值係經由將20個別尖峯下的每一面積總和而測得。使 用最小平方法匹配一直線到校準曲線。然後計算每一試驗 化合物的校準曲線所具斜率Μ測定未知濃度。可Μ使用平 均回應因數代替校準曲線。 於每一工作天可經由測量一或多個校準檫準樣而核對 操作校準曲線或回應因數。若任何化合物的回應值變異超 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣· 、11 -71 - 490477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(68 ) 過20%時,可Μ使用新製備的校準標準樣重複試驗。若其 結果仍不合,就要製作一條新的校準曲線。 4.3 校進曲線和方法俏驗水平樣品之分析 建議的層析術絛件為上面概述者。 依上文所述每日校準条統。 用皂膜流速計核對和調整分流通氣速率及核對速率。 為了產生準確的數據,必須在相同條件下分析樣品, 校準檫準樣和方法偵檢水平樣品。 校準檫準樣和方法偵檢樣都只在環境燒瓶内製備。其 係經由使用1/2时(.127毫米)塑膠盤和鋁片盤(具有環境 凸緣的直徑)放置在樣品燒瓶内而完成的。在環境玻璃凸 緣上放置單一封環接箸放置鋁片及接著塑膠圓盤。 用無水壓縮空氣沖滌環境燒瓶Μ脫除樣品和環境燒瓶 中的濕氣。其係經由將環境隔板用針穿剌並將組裝體揷管 使受控乾燥空氣流流經燒瓶而完成的。將夾環鬆鬆地匹配 到燒瓶Μ消除壓力蓄積。於沖滌兩個燒瓶約10分鐘後,拿 掉針頭並將夾環緊束,將鋁片向封環密封住。 接箸,將40微升滲透乙醇/芳族操作標準樣或操作標 準樣的二次稀釋樣注射到環境燒瓶內。另外,將40徹升的 石油精溶劑摻合物或操作檫準樣的二次稀釋液注射到環境 燒瓶內。記錄時間並將燒瓶放置到恆溫控制烘箱內。 於30分鐘結束時,從烘箱內取出環境燒瓶。用配置著 1毫升迴路的經加熱六孔採樣閥分析環境燒瓶。用1毫升 體積的環境側或樣品側空氣沖滌迴路。將迴路注射到毛細 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣· 訂 ^uh/770-V. Description of the invention (67) Test compound ethanol toluene A7 B7 Calibration curve range ρρπι (microliter) 2-20 0.3-3 Employee consumption cooperation of China Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du printed xylene 0.2-2 o- Xylene 0.1-1 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene 0.05-0 · 5 Naphthalene 0.05-0.5 Petrol solvent blend 4.0-40 To prepare the calibration standard, it should be placed in a volume of reagent water in a bottle tube Add an appropriate volume of working standard solution. 4,2,1. The secondary release of the re-injection is performed. The calibration curve is diluted 5 to 1: 5 ml of the working standard is placed in a 25-ml volumetric flask. After plugging, the volumetric flask is inverted. I M mixed. 2.5 to 1 dilution: Set a 10 ml working sample in a 25-mL volumetric flask. After plugging, invert the volumetric flask and mix with M. Analyze each calibration standard and list the compound spike area response values relative to the test compound concentration table in the ambient side tank. The results are used to prepare a calibration curve for each compound. A petroleum solvent blend is a commercially available paint solvent containing about 20 individual aliphatic compounds. Its response to concentration is measured by summing each area under 20 individual spikes. Use the least square method to match all the way to the calibration curve. Then calculate the slope M of the calibration curve for each test compound to determine the unknown concentration. Instead of the calibration curve, the average response factor can be used. The calibration curve or response factor can be checked every working day by measuring one or more calibration standards. If the variation of the response value of any compound exceeds the standard of this paper, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) is applied (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). · 11-71-490477 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Bureau A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (68) When the percentage exceeds 20%, the test can be repeated using the newly prepared calibration standard. If the results still do not agree, a new calibration curve must be made. 4.3 Analysis of Calibration Curves and Methods Samples at the Proficiency Level The recommended tomography files are those outlined above. Calibrate the system daily as described above. Check and adjust the divided gas flow rate and check rate with a soap film flow meter. In order to produce accurate data, samples must be analyzed under the same conditions, calibration standards and method detection level samples. Both calibration standards and method detection samples were prepared only in environmental flasks. It was completed by placing a 1 / 2-hour (.127 mm) plastic plate and aluminum plate plate (diameter with environmental flange) in a sample flask. Place a single ring on the flange of the environmental glass to place the aluminum sheet and then the plastic disc. Purify the environment flask with anhydrous compressed air to remove moisture from the sample and the environment flask. This is accomplished by piercing the environmental barrier with a needle and passing the assembly through a controlled dry air flow through the flask. Fit the clamp ring loosely to the flask M to eliminate pressure buildup. After washing the two flasks for about 10 minutes, remove the needle and tighten the clamp ring to seal the aluminum sheet to the sealing ring. Then, inject 40 microliters of osmotic ethanol / aromatic operating standard or a second dilution of the operating standard into an environmental flask. Alternatively, 40 liters of a petroleum spirit solvent blend or a second dilution of a processing standard was injected into an environmental flask. Record the time and place the flask in a thermostatically controlled oven. At the end of 30 minutes, the environmental flask was removed from the oven. An environmental flask was analyzed using a heated six-well sampling valve equipped with a 1 ml loop. Flush the circuit with 1 ml of ambient or sample side air. Inject the circuit into the capillary This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Clothing · Order ^ uh / 7

五 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 發明説明(69 ) 管柱內。於注射後人工啟動GC/FID糸統。 4 1 4 結果的校進 4.4.1. 試驗化会物冏應因邀 從每一化合物的校準曲線斜率或回應因數(RF>計算樣 品側和環境側試驗化合物濃度。然後若需要滲透物質量時 ,對每一時定組合物的滲透槽管將濃度予Μ體積校正。 化合物濃度(ppm) 尖峯面積 ~校準曲線斜率 (1) 化合物特定性RF = 化合物濃度ppm "尖峯面積 (2) 化合物濃度(PPIB) =尖峯面積X RF (3) 將膜上游侧(環境侧)和下游側(樣品側) 的累積滲 透物質量相對於時間標繪。從透過曲線數據計算摻透物的 擴散速率和透過速率。 4.4.2. 诱渦谏銮 當滲透物不會與聚合物交互作用時,滲透係數,R, 通常為滲透物一聚合物条統的特性值。此爲許多種氣體, 例如氫氣,氮氣,氧氣,和二氧化碳,穿透過許多種聚合 物之情況。若滲透物與聚合物分子有交互作用時,如本方 法所用滲透物試驗化合物之情況者。Ρ不再為定值且可能 與壓力,膜厚度,和其他條件有關。於彼等情況中,單一 Ρ值不能代表聚合物膜的特性滲透率而有需要知道Ρ對所有 可能變數的相關性Μ得到聚合物滲透率的完整輪廓。於這 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣· 、1Τ 73 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 490477 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(70 ) 些情況中,基於實際目的,當滲透物的飽和蒸氣壓於指定 溫度下施加過該膜時,常使用透過速率,Q。膜對水和有 機化合物的滲透率常Μ這種方式表出。 (滲透物的量)(膜厚度) Ρ = - (4) (面積)(時間)(跨膜壓力降) (滲透物的量)(膜厚度) Q = - (5) (面積)(時間) 於本申請案中,Q係表成下面的單位 qffl - 0.001 吋 - 〇 100吋2 -天 測定滲透係數中的主要變數之一為跨膜壓力降。由於 透過速率Q在其因次中不包括壓力也不包括滲透物濃度, 所Μ,需要知道測量條件下的滲透均蒸氣壓或濃度Μ將Q 相關到Ρ。 從環境側到樣品側的跨膜壓力降主要來自水蒸氣壓力 。水濃度或濕度不會保持固定且在分析有機化合物的時間 區段中不測量,所Μ不能測定出跨膜壓力。 上述含有各種相容性環糊精衍生物的熱塑膠膜實施例 證明本發明可在各種不同的熱塑膠膜中實施。此外,有各 種不同的相容性衍化環糊精物質可用於本發明中。最後, 可用多種膜製造技術包括擠壓和水分散液塗被來製造膜Μ 產生有用的屏障。 從龠品和飲料包奘材料的滲稔 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)5. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (69) Inside the pipe. The GC / FID system was started manually after injection. 4 1 4 Calibration of the results 4.4.1. The experimental compound shall be invited to calculate the concentration of the test compound on the sample side and the environmental side from the slope of the calibration curve or response factor (RF) of each compound. Then, if the mass of the permeate is required The concentration is adjusted to the volume for each time of the permeation tank tube of the composition. Compound concentration (ppm) Spike area ~ Calibration curve slope (1) Compound specificity RF = Compound concentration ppm " Spike area (2) Compound Concentration (PPIB) = peak area X RF (3) Plot the cumulative permeate mass on the upstream (environmental) side and downstream (sample side) of the membrane versus time. Calculate the diffusion rate of the permeate from the transmission curve data And permeation rate 4.4.2. When the permeate does not interact with the polymer, the permeability coefficient, R, is usually the characteristic value of the permeate-polymer system. This is a number of gases, such as hydrogen , Nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon dioxide, permeate through many types of polymers. If there is an interaction between the permeate and the polymer molecule, as in the case of permeate test compounds used in this method. Is a fixed value and may be related to pressure, film thickness, and other conditions. In those cases, a single P value cannot represent the characteristic permeability of the polymer film and it is necessary to know the correlation of P to all possible variables to obtain the polymer. Complete profile of permeability. For this paper size, China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) is applied (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Clothes, 1T 73-Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the employee consumer cooperative 490477 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (70) In some cases, based on practical purposes, when the saturated vapor pressure of the permeate is applied at the specified temperature, the transmission rate, Q. membrane pair is often used. The permeability of water and organic compounds is often expressed in this way. (Amount of permeate) (film thickness) P =-(4) (area) (time) (transmembrane pressure drop) (amount of permeate) ( Membrane thickness) Q =-(5) (area) (time) In this application, Q is expressed in the following units: qffl-0.001 inch-〇100 inch 2-one of the main variables in determining the permeability coefficient is the span Membrane pressure drop due to The transmission rate Q does not include pressure or permeate concentration in its factors, so M needs to know the permeate vapor pressure or concentration M under the measurement conditions to correlate Q to P. Transmembrane pressure from the environmental side to the sample side The drop mainly comes from the water vapor pressure. The water concentration or humidity will not remain fixed and will not be measured during the time period of analysis of organic compounds, so the transmembrane pressure cannot be measured. The above heat containing various compatible cyclodextrin derivatives Examples of plastic films demonstrate that the present invention can be implemented in a variety of different thermoplastic films. In addition, there are a variety of compatible derivatized cyclodextrin materials that can be used in the present invention. Finally, a variety of film manufacturing techniques including extrusion and water dispersion coating can be used to make the film M to create a useful barrier. Penetration from counterfeit and beverage packaging materials This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

~ 74 - 竹 U477 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 1、發明説明(71 ) 撒量反應和降解產物,添加劑,低聚物和單體從食品 和飲料包裝的摻移可能影響消費者接受性,產品品質及選 用包裝材料的法規認可。使用得自The Center for Food Safety and Apptied Nutrition of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA〉的方法進行撿測M測量這些 物質從有薄無乙醯化環糊精的包裝膜之輸送。該方法模擬 在特別食品類別的包裝膜中之預期滲移,不過包裝檢驗材 料係接受加速檢驗,其係模擬真實食品在正常包裝和貯存 條件下發生的摻移。 我們製作六種實驗用高密度聚乙烯(HDPE>檢驗膜。其 中之一膜含有0.5% (wt/wt)乙醯化α環糊精,兩者含有 0. 5%和1.0%裝料水平的乙酿化/3環糊精,而兩種係含有 0.5%和1.0%裝料水平的乙醯化α和/3環糊精混合物。第 六種膜為用相同批料的HOPE (Dow 640)和添加劑(Dynamar FX-9613加工添加劑;Irgafos 168和 Irganox 1076抗氧化 劑)但無環糊精所製成的對照樣。彼等膜係用吹塑膜擠壓 製成且具有2密爾(mil)之正常厚度。 根據FDA對於食物模擬液體的指示方針進行滲移撿驗 。滲移槽管係用於單側柔靱性膜且符合ASTM F34-92。食 物模擬液體為8%乙醇/去離子水且檢驗溫度為401C。 七天後從萃取榷管中吸取出食物模擬液體(FSL)。將 FSL體積縮減,用二氯甲烷交換後,用火焰游離偵檢Μ氣 相層析術分析。六個檢驗膜FSL萃取物的氣相層析譜附於 後面附圖中。層析譜中所示尖峯為從HDPE膜擴散到FSL中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1Τ _〜h/7 A7 B7 五、 可萃取物減少% 發明説明(72 ) 的滲透物。 經由比較4分到30分的氣相層析總譜峯面積定量地測 定滲移物量的減少情形。將含乙醯化環糊精的膜樣比用相 同HDPE樹脂和添加劑但無環糊精所製的對照膜比較。用下 面的方程式測定8%乙醇FSL中可萃取摻移物的減少% : (對照膜總尖峯面積-樣品膜總尖峯面積) 對照膜總尖峯面積 我們將含有乙醯化環糊精的膜中所含微量反應和降解 副產物,添加劑和低聚物之滲移程度與其樹脂不含乙酿化 環糊精的膜就氣相層析結果相比較。這些結果列於表1之 中〇 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)~ 74-Bamboo U477 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 1. Description of the invention (71) Sprinkling reaction and degradation products, additives, oligomers and monomers from food and beverage packaging may affect consumption Approval of regulations, product acceptability, product quality and packaging materials. The method obtained from The Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition of the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) was used to measure the transport of these substances from the packaging film with or without acetylated cyclodextrin. This method simulates the Expected migration in packaging films for special food categories, but packaging inspection materials are subject to accelerated inspection, which simulates the migration of real food under normal packaging and storage conditions. We make six experimental high-density polyethylenes (HDPE & gt Test film. One of the films contains 0.5% (wt / wt) acetylated alpha-cyclodextrin, both of which contain 0.5% and 1.0% loading levels of ethyl alcohol / 3 cyclodextrin, and two It is a mixture of acetylated alpha and / 3 cyclodextrin with 0.5% and 1.0% loading levels. The sixth membrane is HOPE (Dow 640) and additives (Dynamar FX-9613 processing additive from the same batch; Irgafos 168 And Irganox 1076 antioxidant) but without cyclodextrin. They are made of blown film extrusion and have a normal thickness of 2 mils. According to the FDA's instructions for food simulated liquids Guidelines for osmotic inspection. The transfer tube system is used for unilateral flexible membrane and complies with ASTM F34-92. The food simulation liquid is 8% ethanol / deionized water and the test temperature is 401C. After seven days, the food simulation liquid (FSL) was aspirated from the extraction tube. The volume of the FSL was reduced, and it was exchanged with dichloromethane, and then analyzed by flame free detection M gas chromatography. The gas chromatograms of the FSL extracts of the six inspection membranes are attached in the following drawings. The chromatograms The spike shown is the diffusion from HDPE film to FSL. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 1T _ ~ h / 7 A7 B7 V. Reduction of extractables% Permeate of invention description (72). Quantitatively determine the reduction of permeate by comparing the peak area of the gas chromatographic peaks from 4 to 30 minutes. The refined film sample is compared with a control film made with the same HDPE resin and additives but without cyclodextrin. The following equation is used to determine the% reduction of extractable inclusions in 8% ethanol FSL: (total peak area of the control film- The total spike area of the sample film) The degree of permeation of reaction and degradation by-products, additives and oligomers contained in the ethyl acetate-containing cyclodextrin film is compared with the gas chromatography results of the resin containing ethyl acetate-cyclodextrin-free membrane. The results are listed in Table 1. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -76 ~ 490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(73 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製Printed by the Central Consumers Cooperative Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -76 ~ 490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (73) Employee Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Print

ASTMsffitl: F34-92銶 B菇適豸蝤^蒗叇遒國 3 蓮KS8S3S3 葙#» 察:&¾ 乙醯化c(和乙酿化/3環糊精 乙醯化α和乙醯化/?環糊槙 1乙醢化Θ環糊精 II乙酿化乃環糊精 ||乙醯化α環糊精 ||對照HDPE膜 漾品膜 0.5% ea. 1 0.25% ea. Η 〇 〇 〇 αι «\β > HDPE膜中的環瑚精 裝料水平 16,125 3,473 1,651 869 9,592 20,720 m ξι s檝 搦菏 S掛 汩雜 as m 22% 83% 92% II 96% II 54% % 蜥在 s梂 m s m s 藏态 3 3 樹 «窖 HDPE 蒎锶劳^GC/FID^slis» 8%INi§\7km40r!Taaa?hh>H (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)ASTMsffitl: F34-92 銶 B Mushroom 蒗 叇 遒 蒗 叇 遒 3 3 Country 3 Lotus KS8S3S3 葙 # »Observation: & ¾ Acetylated c (and Acetylated / 3 Cyclodextrin Acetylated α and Acetylated / Cyclodextrin 1 Ethylated Θ Cyclodextrin II Ethyl Bacterium is Cyclodextrin || Ethylated α-Cyclodextrin || Control HDPE Film 0.5% ea. 1 0.25% ea. Η 〇〇〇〇 αι «\ β > The level of cortex filling in HDPE film 16,125 3,473 1,651 869 9,592 20,720 m msms Tibetan state 3 3 trees «cellar HDPE 蒎 strontium ^ GC / FID ^ slis» 8% INi§ \ 7km40r! Taaa? hh > H (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -77 — /7 /7 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 i、發明説明(74 ) 從舍品和飲料包奘九粒的權擬插發物滲柊 與聚合物包裝材料直接接觸的食品可能導致揮發物轉 移或滲移到貯存的食品中。即使包裝材料係經認可為可直 接與食品接觸者,彼等仍可能賦與氣味給食物。揮發物可 能在製造過程中摻加到丸粒內。當這些九粒轉變成膜時, 膜的氣味可能被殘留揮發份所影響。 我們_配四種實驗用聚丙烯(Montel 8623〉九粒。三 種調配九粒分別含有乙醯化α環糊精,乙醯化Θ環糊精, 和50%/50%乙酿化ex /冷環糊精,裝料水平各為0.75% (wt/wt〉。第四種為用相同批料的聚丙烯樹脂和添加劑 (Dynamar FX-9613加工添加劑;Irgafos 168和 Irganox 1076抗氧化劑)但無環糊精所製成的對照九粒。 該方法包括三個分離的步驟;前面兩步驟係同時進行 的而第三步驟為分離和偵檢揮發性有機化合物的儀器技術 ,係在第一和二兩步驟之後進行的。於第一步驟中,使用 純惰性無水氣體從樣品中滌出揮發份。於氣提步驟中,樣 品係在120Ό下加熱。分析之前於樣品中添加代析物(苯-d6) 。苯係用為內ZC代析物Μ校正每一組檢驗數據的回收 率。第二步驟係將樣品取出的揮發份經由將滌氣中的化合 物冷凝在浸於液氮阱中的頂部空間管瓶内予Κ濃縮。於氣 提步驟結束時,在頂部空間管瓶內直接注射入內檫準(甲 苯-dB)並立即將管瓶蓋好。在樣品中散置方法和条統對照 樣且Μ與樣品相同的方式處理Μ監測污染。然後將濃縮的 有機成份經由加熱頂部空間高解析率氣相層析術-質譜測 定法(HRGC/MS)予以分離,鑑定和定量。殘留揮發份分析 結果列於表1之中。GC/MS總離子層析譜則呈於圖式之中。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) ^ -78 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -77 — / 7/7 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 i, invention description (74) The encapsulation of nine capsules of perineum permeates foods that are in direct contact with the polymer packaging material, which may cause volatiles to migrate or permeate into stored food. Even if packaging materials are approved as being in direct contact with food, they may still impart odor to food. Volatiles may be incorporated into the pellets during the manufacturing process. When these nine particles are turned into a film, the smell of the film may be affected by the residual volatiles. We have prepared four experimental polypropylene (Montel 8623) nine capsules. Three formulated nine capsules each contain ethylated α-cyclodextrin, ethylated Θ-cyclodextrin, and 50% / 50% ethylated ex / cold Cyclodextrins, each with a charge level of 0.75% (wt / wt>. The fourth is a polypropylene resin and additives (Dynamar FX-9613 processing additives; Irgafos 168 and Irganox 1076 antioxidants) from the same batch) but no ring Nine capsules made of dextrin. This method includes three separate steps; the first two steps are performed simultaneously, and the third step is the instrumentation technology for separating and detecting volatile organic compounds, which is performed in the first two steps. It is performed after the step. In the first step, the volatiles are purged from the sample using pure inert anhydrous gas. In the gas stripping step, the sample is heated at 120 ° F. Before the analysis, a subeduct (benzene-d6) is added to the sample. ) Benzene is used to correct the recovery of each set of test data for the internal ZC eluate M. The second step is to condense the volatiles from the sample through the head space immersed in the liquid nitrogen trap by condensing the compounds in the scrubber Concentrated in the vial. At the end of the stripping step Directly inject the internal standard (toluene-dB) into the vial in the headspace and immediately cap the vial. Disperse the method and the control sample in the sample and treat the M in the same way as the sample to monitor for contamination. Then, The concentrated organic components were separated, identified, and quantified by high-resolution gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (HRGC / MS) in a heated headspace. The analysis results of residual volatiles are listed in Table 1. GC / MS total ion layer The spectrum is shown in the diagram. The paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) ^ -78-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

490477 A7 B7 五、發明説明(75 )490477 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (75)

I 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 乙醯化α和乙醯化/3環糊精九粒 (重複樣) -£2^-- 乙醯化《和乙醯化/3環糊精九粒 乙醯化/3環糊精九粒 乙醯化α環糊精九粒<重複樣) 乙醯化α環糊精九粒 對照九粒1 1 樣品九粒 0.375% ea. 0.375% ea. 0.75% 0.75% 0.75% > Μ ^ 关® 卡1 *0· 、3 μ m _荽 次3T 3,896,854 2,938,261 8,977,360 4,109,950 2,365,120 16,294,162 谢刦 a漭 镟》 S3 准》 0(阵 蓊 a $ 76% 82% 45% 75% 85% % 姍涵S+ a餾in 雔阵蹂. ^ iDCrf· cr' ^ ^ p 戴3· : 榭恭 、酵 遒踊雜als^ssslgB^SGC/MS^sss^ 萊并葬&裳 _120r! (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣· 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 79I Printed Acetylated α and Acetylated / 3 Cyclodextrin Nine Capsules (Repeated Sample)-£ 2 ^-Acetylated and Ethylated / 3 Cyclodextrin Nine Nine tablets of acetic acid / 3 cyclodextrin Nine tablets of acetic acid α-cyclodextrin & Nine tablets (Repeated sample) Nine tablets of Acetylated α-cyclodextrin control Nine tablets 1 1 Nine tablets of sample 0.375% ea. 0.375% ea. 0.75% 0.75% 0.75% > Μ 关 OFF® Card 1 * 0, 3 μm _ 荽 3T 3,896,854 2,938,261 8,977,360 4,109,950 2,365,120 16,294,162 Xie Jie a "S3 standard" 0 (array a $ 76% 82% 45% 75% 85%% Shanhan S + a distillate in 雔 Array 蹂. ^ IDCrf · cr '^ ^ p Dai 3: 恭 恭, leaven mixed als ^ ssslgB ^ SGC / MS ^ sss ^ Lai Bingfu & Shang_120r! (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Clothing and paper size are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) 79

'發明説明(76 ) 上文有關環糊精衍生物的本質,熱塑膠材料,塗料和 容器及容器製造細節之解釋提供了解包括為屏障和捕捉目 的將環糊精物質摻加到PET容器所用技術之基礎。不過, 由於可Μ完成本發明許多實施例而不違離本發明旨意和範 圍,因此本發明係涵蓋在後文所附申請專利範圍之內。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)'Invention Note (76) The above explanation of the nature of cyclodextrin derivatives, thermoplastic materials, coatings, and container and container manufacturing details provides an understanding of the techniques used to incorporate cyclodextrin substances into PET containers for barrier and capture Foundation. However, since many embodiments of the present invention can be completed without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention, the present invention is covered by the scope of the patents attached below. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

元件編號對照表 20 容器 22 體部 24 底部 26 蓋部。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 一率 標 I家 國 一國 I中 用 適 度 尺 張 紙 一本 S Ν -祕 一釐 公Component number comparison table 20 Container 22 Body 24 Bottom 26 Cover. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

Claims (1)

490477 、申請專利範圍 JMJ 第86103525號專利再審杳荦 ~ —系甲明專利辄圍修正本 修正日期:90年11月 1 _ 一種使用於具有改良h、、公、悉、ώ 良抗^透&出物之硬質聚合物飲料 瓶的熱塑性丸粒,其包括: 大比例的熱塑性聚合物, 被句勻地刀政在聚合物中、作為有效的屏障且 飲料可萃取的化合物吸收量之改質環糊精物質,該 質環糊精物質實質地不含爽雜絡合物化合物、具有可 使該環糊精物質與該熱塑性聚合物相容之鍵側部份或 取代基’其中該改質環糊精物質包括醯基環糊精 及 二醇與芳族二酸化合物之聚酯縮合,聚合反應產 物,其中該芳族二酸化合物包括對苯二甲酸,對苯二 甲酸二甲酯,2,6-萘二致酸,2,6_萘二叛酸二甲醋。一 2·根據申請專利範圍第】項之丸粒,其中該二醇 醇或1,4-丁二醇。 3.根據申請專利範圍第1項之丸粒,其中該環糊精物質 含量為以主體材料計算之0 1至10重量%。 4·根據申請專利範圍第2項之丸粒,其中該聚酯包括聚( 烯-共-對苯二甲酸酯)或聚(二烯_共_2,6_萘二綾酸酯 5·根據申請專利範圍第彳項之丸粒,其中該聚合物為9聚 烯或聚丙烯腈。 6·根據申請專利範圍第彳項之丸粒,其中該改質環糊精 質包括矽酮改質環糊精。 的 乙 乙 物 本紙張尺度適用申國國家標準(⑽)A4規格(21〇χ297公奢) 為 改 以490477, patent application scope JMJ No. 86103525 patent re-examination ~-is the amendment to the patent protection of Jia Ming This amendment date: November 1st 1990 _ A kind of use for improved resistance The thermoplastic pellets of the hard polymer beverage bottle produced, including: a large proportion of the thermoplastic polymer, which is uniformly cut in the polymer, acts as an effective barrier, and improves the absorption of extractable compounds in the beverage A cyclodextrin substance, which substantially does not contain a complex compound, has a bond side portion or a substituent group that can make the cyclodextrin substance compatible with the thermoplastic polymer, wherein the modification Cyclodextrin substances include fluorenyl cyclodextrin and polyester condensation and polymerization products of diols and aromatic diacid compounds, wherein the aromatic diacid compounds include terephthalic acid, dimethyl terephthalate, 2 , 6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid dimethyl vinegar. -2. The pellet according to item 1 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the glycol alcohol or 1,4-butanediol. 3. The pellet according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the content of the cyclodextrin substance is from 0.1 to 10% by weight based on the host material. 4. The pellets according to item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the polyester includes poly (ene-co-terephthalate) or poly (diene_co_2,6_naphthalene diacetate) 5. The pellet according to item (2) of the scope of the patent application, wherein the polymer is 9 polyene or polyacrylonitrile. 6. The pellet according to item (2) of the scope of the patent application, wherein the modified cyclodextrin includes silicone modification. Cyclodextrin. The standard of this paper is applicable to the national standard (⑽) A4 specification (21〇297297). .許丨 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Xu 丨 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 幷 VU4/7 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範園 7· —種飲料容器,其具有改良的屏障性質及對於從容器材 料萃取出可溶性物質之抗性,其中該容器係使用申請專 利範圍第1項之熱塑性丸粒來製備,該容器包括雙軸定 向熱塑性聚合物及均句分散在該聚合物中、有效的屏障 且為飫料可萃取性化合物吸收量之改質環糊精物質,該 改貝%糊精物質實質上不含夾雜絡合物化合物,其具有 可使該環糊精物質與該熱塑性聚合物相容之鏈側部份 或取代基。 8·根據申請專利範圍第7項之容器 (乙稀_共_對苯二甲酸酯)。 9_根據申請專利範圍第7項之容器 括改質/3環糊精。 1 〇.根據申請專利範圍第7項之容器 乙烯或聚丙烯腈。 11. 根據申請專利範圍第7項之容器 含有0.1-5重量%的改質環糊精。 12. 根據申請專利範圍第7項之容器 質匕括在帛或第二經基上具有-個取代基之環糊精 根據申β月專利範圍第7項之容器,纟中該改質環糊精 括在第一或第二羥基上具有一個矽酮取代基之環糊精 根據申明專利|巳圍第7項之容器’其中該改質環糊精 括在第或第二羥基上具有烷基酯之環糊精。 15·根據申請專利範圍第7項之容器,其中該改質環糊精 括在第-或第二經基上具有丁二酸取代基之環糊精。 其中該聚合物包括聚 其中該改質環糊精包 其中該聚合物包括聚 其中該熱塑性聚合物 其中該改質環糊精 物 包 包 包 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}幷 VU4 / 7 A8 B8 C8 D8, Patent Application Fanyuan 7 · —A beverage container with improved barrier properties and resistance to soluble substances extracted from the container material. The container is the first item in the scope of patent application The container is made of thermoplastic pellets, and the container comprises a biaxially-oriented thermoplastic polymer and homocyclic dispersed in the polymer, an effective barrier and a modified cyclodextrin substance that is an absorbable amount of extractable compounds. The% dextrin substance is substantially free of an inclusion complex compound, which has a chain side portion or a substituent that makes the cyclodextrin substance compatible with the thermoplastic polymer. 8. Container according to item 7 of the scope of patent application (Ethylene-co-terephthalate). 9_ The container according to item 7 of the scope of patent application includes modified / 3 cyclodextrin. 10. The container according to item 7 of the scope of patent application. Ethylene or polyacrylonitrile. 11. The container according to item 7 of the scope of patent application contains 0.1-5% by weight of modified cyclodextrin. 12. The container according to item 7 of the scope of the patent application is enclosed in a cyclodextrin having one or more substituents on the base or second warp base. The container according to item 7 of the scope of the patent application, the modified cyclodextrin A cyclodextrin having a silicone substituent on the first or second hydroxyl group is included according to the stated patent | A container of item 7 wherein the modified cyclodextrin is included on the first or second hydroxyl group having an alkyl group Esters of cyclodextrin. 15. The container according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein the modified cyclodextrin includes a cyclodextrin having a succinic acid substituent on the first or second base. Wherein the polymer includes polymer, where the modified cyclodextrin bag is included, where the polymer includes polymer, where the thermoplastic polymer is, which contains the modified cyclodextrin bag, bag (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) •訂丨• Order 丨 I紙張尺歧财關家標 C8 '~ --- D8 六、申請專利範圍 * I根據申請專利範圍第7項之容器,其中該丁二酸取代基 包括烧基丁二酸取代基。 根據申睛專利範圍第了項之容器,其中該丁二酸取代基 包括半酯丁二酸取代基。 18>種飲料谷裔、,其係使用申請專利範圍第1項之熱塑性 丸粒製備,該飲料容器包括兩層,其中第一層包括一熱 塱1± I &物,且其第二層包括一熱塑性聚合杨,以及一 被句勻刀月欠在一層中的有效屏障且為飲料可萃取化合 物吸收里之改質環糊精物質,該改質環糊精物質實質地 不含夾雜絡合物化合物,該環糊精具有使該環糊精物質 與熱塑膠相容的鏈侧部份或取代基。 19.根據申請專利範圍第18項之飲料容器,其中該第一層包 括聚乙稀-共·對苯,二甲酸g旨。 2〇_根據申請專利範圍第18項之飲料容器,其中該第一層包 括聚丙稀腈。 21. 根據申請專利範圍第18項之飲料容器,其中該第二層包 括聚α_烯烴,聚_化乙烯,聚乙烯醇或聚丙烯腈。 22. 根據申請專利範圍第18項之飲料容器,其中該環糊精係 分散在該第二層中。 23·根據申請專利範圍第18項之飲料容器,其中該液體塗料 為水性塗料。 24 _ —種製造飲料容器的方法,其係使用申請專利範圍第1 項之熱塑性丸粒,該飲料容器包括兩層,其第一層包括 一熱塑性聚合物’且其第^一層包括一熱塑性聚合物,以 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)I Paper ruler Qicaiguan family standard C8 '~ --- D8 6. Scope of patent application * I The container according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein the succinic acid substituent includes an alkyl succinic acid substituent. The container according to item 1 of the Shen Yan patent scope, wherein the succinic acid substituent includes a half-ester succinic acid substituent. 18 > A beverage cereal, which is prepared by using thermoplastic pellets in the first patent application scope. The beverage container includes two layers, where the first layer includes a hot 塱 1 ± I & and the second layer Includes a thermoplastic polymeric poplar and an effective barrier that is owed in one layer by the sentence and is a modified cyclodextrin substance that is absorbed by beverage extractable compounds. The modified cyclodextrin substance is substantially free of inclusion complexation Compound, the cyclodextrin has a chain side portion or a substituent that makes the cyclodextrin substance compatible with thermoplastics. 19. A beverage container according to item 18 of the scope of patent application, wherein the first layer includes polyethylene-co-p-benzene, dicarboxylic acid. 20_ The beverage container according to item 18 of the scope of patent application, wherein the first layer comprises polyacrylonitrile. 21. The beverage container according to item 18 of the application, wherein the second layer comprises poly-α-olefin, polyethylene, polyvinyl alcohol or polyacrylonitrile. 22. The beverage container according to claim 18, wherein the cyclodextrin is dispersed in the second layer. 23. The beverage container according to item 18 of the application, wherein the liquid coating is a water-based coating. 24 _ —A method for manufacturing a beverage container, which uses the thermoplastic pellets of the first patent application scope. The beverage container includes two layers, the first layer includes a thermoplastic polymer and the first layer includes a thermoplastic polymer. For the paper size, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) applies (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) •、tr—•, tr— 490477 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 及-被均句地分散在-層中且有效地屏障並為飲料可 萃取化合物吸收量的改質環糊精物f,該改質環 質地不含失雜絡合物化合物,該環_具有使該環糊精 與該熱塑膠相容的鏈側部份或取代基,該方法包括吹塑 -具有含有熱塑性聚合物的第一層及含有熱塑性聚合 物的第二層之型坯。 25.根據f請專利範圍第24項之方法,其中該第—層包 乙烯-共-對苯二甲酸酯。 " 26·根據申請專利範圍第24項之中 仏 /、甲邊第一層包括聚 乙歸。 27. 根據申請專利範圍第24項之方法,其中該第二層包 a-烯烴,聚齔乙烯,聚乙烯酸或聚丙烯睛。 Λ 28. 根據申請專利範圍第24項之方法,其中該環糊精 在第二層中。 貝1糸 29. 根據申請專利範圍第21項之容器,其中該聚合物 乙婦-共-對苯二甲酸酯。 Λ 30·根據申請專利範圍第21項之容器,其中該改質環鞠於勺 括改質α環糊精’改質万環糊精,改質”裒糊精,:: 等的混合物。 A破 31·根據申請專利範圍第21項之容器,其中該容器含 至10重量%的改質環糊精。 3有0.01 32·根據申請專利範圍第22項之容器,其中該改質 生物包括在環糊精第一碳原子上具有一 m 糊精。 n暴之環 本紙張尺度顧中_緖準(⑽)A4規格⑽X297^D (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)490477 A8 B8 C8 D8 The scope of patent application and-modified cyclodextrin f, which is evenly dispersed in the-layer and effectively barriers and absorbs the amount of beverage extractable compounds, the texture of the modified ring does not contain loss of complex Compound, the ring having a chain side portion or a substituent that makes the cyclodextrin compatible with the thermoplastic, the method includes blow molding-having a first layer containing a thermoplastic polymer and a first layer containing a thermoplastic polymer Two-layer parison. 25. The method according to claim 24, wherein the first layer comprises ethylene-co-terephthalate. " 26. According to item 24 of the scope of patent application (1), the first layer of side A includes polyethylene. 27. The method according to item 24 of the application, wherein the second layer comprises a-olefin, polyethylene, polyacrylic acid or polypropylene. Λ 28. The method according to item 24 of the application, wherein the cyclodextrin is in the second layer. Shell 1. 29. The container according to item 21 of the application, wherein the polymer is ethyl-co-terephthalate. Λ 30. The container according to item 21 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the modified cyclopeptone contains a mixture of modified α-cyclodextrin, modified cyclic cyclodextrin, modified 裒 dextrin, and the like. A Break 31. The container according to item 21 of the scope of patent application, wherein the container contains up to 10% by weight of modified cyclodextrin. 3 to 0.01 32. The container according to item 22 of the scope of patent application, wherein the modified organism is included in There is one m dextrin on the first carbon atom of the cyclodextrin. N The ring paper size Gu Zhong _ Xu Zhun (⑽) A4 size ⑽ X297 ^ D (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 、申請專利範園 ·::申請專利範圍第22項之容器’其中該第二熱塑膠層 稀烴’ “乙稀,聚乙稀醇錢克力聚合物。 4·㈣申請專利範圍第22項之容器,其中該改質環掏精係 分散在該第二層之中的。 35.根據申請專利範圍第22項之容器,其中該改質環糊精係 分散在該第一層之中的。 36. -種供液態食品狀容器,其係使”請專利範圍第1 項之熱塑性丸粒製備,該容器包括一被包含_實質上圍 繞於食品之包裝的内部之一種液體食品,該包裝包括一 有改良料性質的實質職熱塑軸成物,該熱塑膠組 成物包括: (a) —熱塑性聚合物片及 (b) 均勻分散在該片中,有效渗透吸收量的改質環 糊精,其具有使該環糊精與該熱塑性聚合物相容的鏈側 部份體或取代基。 37·根據申凊專利範圍第36項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 该滲透物包括從熱塑膠滲移出之滲透物。 38.根據申請專利範圍第36項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 该液體食品包括牛奶。 39·根據申請專利範圍第36項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 該液體食品包括碳酸飲料。 40.根據申請專利範圍第36項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 該熱塑膠包括聚酯。 41 _根據申請專利範圍第36項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 490477 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 該聚酯包括聚(乙烯_共-聚對苯二甲酸酯)。 42. 根據申請專利範圍第36項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 該熱塑膠包括乙烯基聚合物。 43. 根據申請專利範圍第36項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 該乙烯基聚合物包括聚乙烯。 44. 根據申請專利範圍第43項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 該聚乙烯包括高密度聚乙烯。 45·根據申請專利範圍第39項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 該容器的容積為1.5_2.5升。 46.根據申請專利範圍第38項之供液態食品用之容器,其中 該容器的容積係選自一品脫,一夸脫或一加侖之中者。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)2. Patent application Fanyuan :: The container of the 22nd item of the scope of the patent application, where the second thermoplastic layer is a dilute hydrocarbon, "the ethylene, a polyvinyl polymer of acrylic. 4. The 22nd item of the scope of the patent application A container in which the modified ring is dispersed in the second layer. 35. The container according to item 22 of the scope of the application for a patent, in which the modified cyclodextrin is dispersed in the first layer 36.-A liquid food-like container made of thermoplastic pellets according to item 1 of the patent scope, the container comprising a liquid food which is contained substantially inside the packaging of the food, the packaging It includes a substantial thermoplastic shaft product with improved material properties. The thermoplastic composition includes: (a) a thermoplastic polymer sheet and (b) a modified cyclopaste that is uniformly dispersed in the sheet and effectively penetrates and absorbs. Essence having a chain side moiety or a substituent that makes the cyclodextrin compatible with the thermoplastic polymer. 37. A container for liquid food according to item 36 of the scope of the Shen patent, wherein the permeate includes the permeate removed from the thermoplastic. 38. A container for liquid food according to item 36 of the application, wherein the liquid food comprises milk. 39. A container for liquid food according to item 36 of the application, wherein the liquid food comprises a carbonated beverage. 40. A container for liquid food according to item 36 of the application, wherein the thermoplastic comprises polyester. 41 _Containers for liquid food according to item 36 of the scope of patent application, in which the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 490477 A8 B8 C8 D8 Includes poly (ethylene-co-polyterephthalate). 42. The container for liquid food according to item 36 of the application, wherein the thermoplastic comprises a vinyl polymer. 43. The container for liquid food according to claim 36, wherein the vinyl polymer includes polyethylene. 44. The container for liquid food according to item 43 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polyethylene includes high density polyethylene. 45. The container for liquid food according to item 39 of the scope of patent application, wherein the container has a volume of 1.5 to 2.5 liters. 46. The container for liquid food according to item 38 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the volume of the container is selected from one pint, one quart, or one gallon. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)
TW86103525A 1996-02-20 1997-03-20 Improved rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution TW490477B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US60348696A 1996-02-20 1996-02-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW490477B true TW490477B (en) 2002-06-11

Family

ID=24415646

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW86103525A TW490477B (en) 1996-02-20 1997-03-20 Improved rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW490477B (en)
WO (1) WO1997030122A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5985772A (en) * 1994-06-23 1999-11-16 Cellresin Technologies, Llc Packaging system comprising cellulosic web with a permeant barrier or contaminant trap
AUPP989499A0 (en) * 1999-04-22 1999-05-13 Vinpac International Pty Ltd Treated closures 3
AU776471B2 (en) * 1999-04-22 2004-09-09 Vinpac International Pty Ltd Treated closures 2
AUPP989399A0 (en) * 1999-04-22 1999-05-13 Vinpac International Pty Ltd Treated closures 2
AUPP989299A0 (en) * 1999-04-22 1999-05-13 Vinpac International Pty Ltd Treated closures 1
NL1013488C2 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-07 Campina Melkunie Bv Plastic bottle for sterilized dairy product having transparent, oxygen-tight wall with no transmission of light of specified wavelength
AU1740101A (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-14 Campina Melkunie B.V. Bottle for light-sensitive dairy products
MXPA04001453A (en) 2001-08-15 2004-05-20 Cellresint Technologies Llc Packaging materials having improved barrier properties.
US7470464B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2008-12-30 Cellresin Technologies, Llc Fiber material having improved malodor scavenger properties
US8241747B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2012-08-14 Cellresin Technologies, Llc Malodor absorbent polymer and fiber
CN110698732B (en) * 2019-09-29 2021-05-04 界首市蒙特普休闲用品有限公司 Method for preparing degradable bionic bait by using modified beta-cyclodextrin

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH03215031A (en) * 1990-01-19 1991-09-20 Kyoraku Co Ltd Multilayer structure for packaging
US5177129A (en) * 1991-04-22 1993-01-05 The Valspar Corporation Interior can coating compositions containing cyclodextrins
US5492947A (en) * 1994-06-23 1996-02-20 Aspen Research Corporation Barrier material comprising a thermoplastic and a compatible cyclodextrin derivative

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO1997030122A1 (en) 1997-08-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6136354A (en) Rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution
US5837339A (en) Rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution
TW490477B (en) Improved rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution
JP4970706B2 (en) Grafted cyclodextrin
JP4806794B2 (en) Reduction of organic substance concentration in polyester packaging by substituted cyclodextrin compounds.
CA2531311C (en) Enhanced lubrication in polyolefin closure with polyolefin grafted cyclodextrin
CN101688002B (en) Combination of substituted cyclodextrin compound and activated carbon
Phothisarattana et al. Characterisations of cassava starch and poly (butylene adipate‐co‐terephthalate) blown film with silicon dioxide nanocomposites
JP2005508804A (en) Container with improved sensory stimulation barrier properties
EP1362085B1 (en) Sealing element for vessel or container closures having improved barrier properties
JP4094668B2 (en) Thermoplastic fuel tank with reduced fuel vapor divergence
JP2971877B1 (en) Food packaging film and packaged food
DE10231856C5 (en) Coated hollow body, process for its preparation and the use of a composition containing nanoparticles

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees